Catalogue V20 PDF

Version
MODU System
20.0 Product Catalogue
MODU Product Cataogue AP
APPLICATION PHOTOS (AP) 1 TR
TECHNICAL REFERENCE (TR) 13 MP

MODU MP CONVEYOR SERIES 37
MS3
MODU MS3 CONVEYOR SERIES 57
MM3
Aluminium based system
MODU MM3 CONVEYOR SERIES 73
MODU MM3 PALLET CONVEYOR SERIES 95 MM3P
MODU ML2 CONVEYOR SERIES 107 ML2
MODU ML2 PALLET CONVEYOR SERIES 123 ML2P

MODU MX2 CONVEYOR SERIES 135
MX2
MODU MT2 CONVEYOR SERIES 147
MT2
MODU MR2 CONVEYOR SERIES 161
MODU MF2 CONVEYOR SERIES 175 MR2
MODU CONVEYOR GUIDE (MG) 189 MF2

MODU SUPPORT STRUCTURE (MB) 203
MG
MODU ACCESSORIES (MA) 219
MB
MODU DS3 CONVEYOR SERIES 227
MA
MODU DM3 CONVEYOR SERIES 239
MODU DL2 CONVEYOR SERIES 255 DS3

Stainless Steel
based system
MODU DX2 CONVEYOR SERIES 267 DM3

MODU DT2 CONVEYOR SERIES 277
DL2
MODU DR2 CONVEYOR SERIES 289
DX2
MODU DF2 CONVEYOR SERIES 301
DT2
MODU SS CONVEYOR GUIDE (DG) 313
MODU SS SUPPORT STRUCTURE (DB) 317 DR2
MODU ACCESSORIES (DA) 321 DF2

SPECIAL DEVICES (SD) 329
DG
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT (SE) 337
DB
TOOLS (TL) 343
INSTALLATION MANUAL (IM) 347 DA
MAINTENANCE MANUAL (MM) 377 SD
© Copyright MODU System 2020

SE
The contents of this catalogue are the copyright of MODU System and may not be reproduced without writen
permission from the company. Every care has been taken to ensure the accuracy of the information contained in this TL
catalogue but however, no liability can be accepted for any errors or omissions. MODU System reserves the right to
make changes at any time.
IM
Patents - Essential parts of MODU System are protected by patents and design regulations.
MM
V20.0 i
Simplicity . Solutions
Contents
APPLICATION PHOTOS (AP) ��1 Diagonal Beam MM3................................................ 89
Wrap Beam MM3...................................................... 89
Gripper System MM3............................................... 90
TECHNICAL REFERENCE (TR) ��13
Basic System Selection............................................ 14 MODU MM3 PALLET CONVEYOR SERIES 95
Product Overview..................................................... 15
Material..................................................................... 17 MM3 Pallet .............................................................. 97
Resistance to chemical............................................ 18 Pallet Stop Devices................................................ 100
Chains Properties:.................................................... 20 Divert Modules....................................................... 101
Chain Tension Calculation........................................ 23 Merge Modules....................................................... 102
Component Guide.................................................... 28 Combined Modules................................................ 103
Geared Motor Data................................................... 30 Pallet Locating Station............................................ 104
Geared Motor Dimension......................................... 32 Guide Rail Accessories.......................................... 105
Track Length............................................................. 34
Part Number Guideline............................................ 35 MODU ML2 CONVEYOR SERIES ��107
Chain ML2.............................................................. 108
MODU MP CONVEYOR SERIES ��37 Chain Top Replacement ML2..................................110
Chain MP.................................................................. 38 Chain Accessories ML2...........................................110
Chain Accessories MP.............................................. 38 Drive Units ML2....................................................... 111
Drive Units MP.......................................................... 39 Idler End ML2..........................................................115
Idler End MP............................................................. 40 Conveyor Beam ML2...............................................116
Conveyor Beam MP................................................. 40 Accessories ML2.....................................................116
Accessories MP........................................................ 40 Horizontal Wheel Bend ML2....................................117
Horizontal Wheel Bend MP...................................... 41 Horizontal Plain Bend ML2......................................118
Horizontal Plain Bend MP......................................... 42 Vertical Bend ML2...................................................119
Vertical Bend............................................................ 43 Chain Installation Section ML2............................... 121
Sprocket MP............................................................. 43 Diagonal Beam ML2............................................... 121
General Dimension Guidelines................................. 45
MP Pallet ................................................................. 48 MODU ML2 PALLET CONVEYOR SERIES 123
Twin Drive Unit MP................................................... 50 ML2 Pallet ............................................................. 125
Pallet Stop Devices.................................................. 51 Pallet Stop Devices................................................ 128
Pneumatic Transfer Unit........................................... 54 Divert Modules....................................................... 129
Pallet Locating Station.............................................. 55 Merge Modules....................................................... 130
Lift-and-Locate Module............................................. 56 Combined Modules................................................ 131
Pallet Locating Station............................................ 132
MODU MS3 CONVEYOR SERIES ��57 Guide Rail Accessories.......................................... 134
Chain MS3................................................................ 58
Chain Accessories MS3........................................... 59 MODU MX2 CONVEYOR SERIES ��135
Drive Units MS3....................................................... 60 Chain MX2.............................................................. 136
Idler End MS3........................................................... 65 Chain Accessories MX2......................................... 137
Conveyor Beam MS3............................................... 66 Drive Units MX2..................................................... 138
Accessories MS3...................................................... 66 Idler End MX2......................................................... 141
Horizontal Wheel Bend MS3.................................... 67 Conveyor Beam MX2............................................. 142
Horizontal Plain Bend MS3...................................... 68 Accessories MX2.................................................... 142
Vertical Bend MS3.................................................... 69 Horizontal Plain Bend MX2.................................... 143
Chain Installation Section MS3................................ 71 Vertical Bend MX2.................................................. 144
Diagonal Beam MS3................................................ 71 Chain Installation Section MX2.............................. 146
MODU MM3 CONVEYOR SERIES ��73 MODU MT2 CONVEYOR SERIES ��147
Chain MM3............................................................... 74 Belt MT2................................................................. 148
Chain Top Replacement MM3.................................. 76 Belt Accessories MT2............................................ 149
Chain Accessories MM3........................................... 77 Drive Units MT2...................................................... 150
Drive Units MM3....................................................... 78 Idler Unit MT2......................................................... 150
Idler End MM3.......................................................... 83 Conveyor Beam MT2............................................. 151
Conveyor Beam MM3............................................... 84 Accessories MT2.................................................... 151
Accessories MM3..................................................... 84 Horizontal Plain Bend MT2..................................... 152
Horizontal Wheel Bend MM3.................................... 85 Vertical Bend MT2.................................................. 153
Horizontal Plain Bend MM3...................................... 86 Belt Installation Section MT2.................................. 154
Vertical Bend MM3................................................... 87 Belt Elongation Section MT2.................................. 154
Chain Installation Section MM3................................ 89 Bottom Tab (BT) Belt MT2...................................... 155
ii V20.0
Contents AP
Conveyor Beam (BT) MT2..................................... 155 Connecting Plates MB............................................ 212 TR

Accessories MT2.................................................... 155 Foot Caps MB........................................................ 215
Drive Units (BT) MT2.............................................. 156 End Plates MB........................................................ 216
Idler Unit (BT) MT2................................................. 156 Foot MB.................................................................. 217 MP
Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) MT2............................. 157
Vertical Bend (BT) MT2.......................................... 158 MODU ACCESSORIES (MA) ��219 MS3
Belt Installation Section (BT) MT2.......................... 159
Fasteners MA......................................................... 220
MM3
Chain Top Replacements MA................................. 222
MODU MR2 CONVEYOR SERIES ��161 Chain Accessories MA............................................ 223
Belt MR2................................................................. 162 Beam Accessories MA............................................ 223 MM3P
Belt Accessories MR2........................................... 163 Return Chain Guide MA......................................... 224
Drive Units MR2..................................................... 164 Chain Accessories MA............................................ 225 ML2
Idler Unit MR2........................................................ 164 Sensor Brackets MA............................................... 226
Conveyor Beam MR2............................................. 165 Lubricant................................................................. 226 ML2P
Accessories MR2................................................... 165
Horizontal Plain Bend MR2.................................... 166 MODU DS3 CONVEYOR SERIES ��227 MX2
Vertical Bend MR2.................................................. 167
Chain MS3.............................................................. 228
Belt Installation Section MR2................................. 168
Chain Accessories MS3......................................... 229 MT2
Belt Elongation Section MR2.................................. 168
Drive Units DS3...................................................... 230
Bottom Tab (BT) Belt MR2...................................... 169
Idler End DS3......................................................... 232 MR2
Conveyor Beam (BT) MR2..................................... 169
Conveyor Beam DS3.............................................. 233
Accessories MR2................................................... 169
Accessories DS3.................................................... 233
Drive Units (BT) MR2............................................. 170 MF2
Horizontal Wheel Bend DS3................................... 234
Idler Unit (BT) MF2................................................. 170
Horizontal Plain Bend DS3..................................... 235
Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) MR2............................ 171 MG
Vertical Bend DS3.................................................. 236
Vertical Bend (BT) MR2.......................................... 172
Belt Installation Section (BT) MR2......................... 173
MODU DM3 CONVEYOR SERIES ��239 MB
MODU MF2 CONVEYOR SERIES ��175 Chain DM3............................................................. 240
Chain Top Replacement DM3................................. 242 MA
Belt MF2................................................................. 176
Chain Accessories DM3......................................... 243
Belt Accessories MF2............................................ 177 DS3
Drive Units DM3..................................................... 244
Drive Units MF2...................................................... 178
Idler End DM3........................................................ 249
Idler Unit MF2......................................................... 178
Conveyor Beam DM3............................................. 250 DM3
Conveyor Beam MF2............................................. 179
Accessories DM3................................................... 250
Accessories MF2.................................................... 179
Horizontal Wheel Bend DM3.................................. 251 DL2
Horizontal Plain Bend MF2..................................... 180
Horizontal Plain Bend DM3.................................... 252
Vertical Bend MF2.................................................. 181
Vertical Bend DM3.................................................. 253
Belt Installation Section MF2.................................. 182 DX2
Belt Elongation Section MF2.................................. 182
Bottom Tab (BT) Belt MF2...................................... 183 MODU DL2 CONVEYOR SERIES ��255
DT2
Conveyor Beam (BT) MF2..................................... 183 Chain DL2.............................................................. 256
Accessories MF2.................................................... 183 Chain Top Replacement DL2.................................. 258
DR2
Drive Units (BT) MF2.............................................. 184 Chain Accessories DL2.......................................... 258
Idler Unit (BT) MF2................................................. 184 Drive Units DL2...................................................... 259
Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) MF2............................. 185 Idler End DL2......................................................... 261 DF2
Vertical Bend (BT) MF2.......................................... 186 Conveyor Beam DL2.............................................. 262
Belt Installation Section (BT) MF2.......................... 187 Accessories DL2.................................................... 262 DG
Horizontal Wheel Bend DL2................................... 263
MODU CONVEYOR GUIDE (MG) ��189 Horizontal Plain Bend DL2..................................... 264 DB
Vertical Bend DL2................................................... 265
Side Guide Configuration MG................................ 190
Guide Rail Brackets MG......................................... 196 DA
Guide Rail Support MG.......................................... 198 MODU DX2 CONVEYOR SERIES ��267
Guide Rail Accessories MG.................................... 200 Chain DX2.............................................................. 268 SD
Chain Accessories DX2.......................................... 269
MODU SUPPORT STRUCTURE (MB) ��203 Drive Units DX2...................................................... 270 SE
Idler End DX2......................................................... 272
Support Structure Configuration MB...................... 204
Conveyor Beam DX2.............................................. 273
Structural Beams MB............................................. 206 TL
Accessories DX2.................................................... 273
Support Bracket MB............................................... 207
Horizontal Plain Bend DX2..................................... 274
Bracket & Accessories MB..................................... 209 IM
Vertical Bend DX2.................................................. 275
Structural Beam End Caps MB...............................211
MM
V20.0 iii
Contents
MODU DT2 CONVEYOR SERIES ��277 Brackets DB........................................................... 319
Belt DT2................................................................. 278 Components DB..................................................... 320
Belt Accessories DT2............................................ 279
Drive Units DT2...................................................... 280 MODU ACCESSORIES (DA) ��321
Idler Unit DT2......................................................... 280 Fasteners DA.......................................................... 322
Conveyor Beam DT2.............................................. 281 Chain Top Replacements MA................................. 324
Accessories DT2.................................................... 281 Chain Accessories MA............................................ 325
Horizontal Plain Bend DT2..................................... 282 Beam Accessories MA............................................ 325
Belt Installation Section DT2.................................. 283 Return Chain Guide MA......................................... 326
Belt Elongation Section DT2.................................. 283 Chain Accessories MA............................................ 327
Bottom Tab (BT) Belt DT2...................................... 284 Sensor Brackets MA............................................... 328
Conveyor Beam (BT) DT2...................................... 284 Lubricant................................................................. 328
Accessories DT2.................................................... 284
Drive Units (BT) DT2.............................................. 285 SPECIAL DEVICES (SD) ��329
Idler Unit (BT) DT2................................................. 285
Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) DT2............................. 286 Traffic Controller SD............................................... 330
Belt Installation Section (BT) DT2.......................... 287 Centering Device ................................................... 334
Automated Side Guide Adjustment........................ 335
MODU DR2 CONVEYOR SERIES ��289
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT (SE) ��337
Belt DR2................................................................. 290
Belt Accessories DR2............................................ 291 Continuous Flow Elevator & Lowerator.................. 338
Drive Units DR2...................................................... 292 Gripper Conveyor System...................................... 340
Idler Unit DR2......................................................... 292 Spiral Conveyor System......................................... 341
Conveyor Beam DR2............................................. 293
Accessories DR2.................................................... 293 TOOLS (TL) ��343
Horizontal Plain Bend DR2..................................... 294 Tools....................................................................... 344
Belt Installation Section DR2.................................. 295
Belt Elongation Section DR2.................................. 295 INSTALLATION MANUAL (IM) ��347
Bottom Tab (BT) Belt DR2...................................... 296
Conveyor Beam (BT) DR2..................................... 296 Introduction............................................................. 348
Accessories DR2.................................................... 296 Foot and Support Structure Installation.................. 350
Drive Units (BT) MR2............................................. 297 Mounting Conveyor Beam Support Bracket........... 351
Idler Unit (BT) DF2................................................. 297 Drive Units and Idler Ends...................................... 352
Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) DR2............................. 298 Conveyor Beam Installation................................... 352
Belt Installation Section (BT) DR2.......................... 299 Slide Rail Installation.............................................. 353
Chain...................................................................... 357
Conveyor Guides System....................................... 358
MODU DF2 CONVEYOR SERIES ��301 Plastic Belt Conveyor Installation........................... 361
Belt DF2................................................................. 302 Installation of Plastic Belt....................................... 369
Belt Accessories DF2............................................ 303 Final Preparation.................................................... 373
Drive Units DF2...................................................... 304 Start-up and Testing............................................... 373
Idler Unit DF2......................................................... 304 Start-up................................................................... 374
Conveyor Beam DF2.............................................. 305 Troubleshooting Guidelines.................................... 375
Accessories DF2.................................................... 305
Horizontal Plain Bend DF2..................................... 306 MAINTENANCE MANUAL (MM) ��377
Belt Installation Section DF2.................................. 307
Belt Elongation Section DF2.................................. 307 General................................................................... 378
Bottom Tab (BT) Belt DF2...................................... 308 Safety Precautions................................................. 378
Conveyor Beam (BT) DF2...................................... 308 System Maintenance.............................................. 379
Accessories DF2.................................................... 308 Maintenance Instructions....................................... 379
Drive Units (BT) DF2.............................................. 309 Maintenance Guides.............................................. 379
Idler Unit (BT) DF2................................................. 309 Troubleshooting Guidelines.................................... 380
Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) DF2............................. 310 Introduction to Drive Units...................................... 381
Belt Installation Section (BT) DF2...........................311 Inspection of Drive Units........................................ 382
Inspection of Conveyor Chains.............................. 383
Inspection of Slide Rails......................................... 385
MODU SS CONVEYOR GUIDE (DG) ��313 Conveyor Beams, Idler Ends and Bends............... 385
Side Guide Configuration DG................................. 314 Inspection of Safety Features................................. 386
Side Guide Bracket DG.......................................... 315 Replacement of Worn Conveyor Chain.................. 386
Replacement of Worn Slide Rails........................... 387
MODU SS SUPPORT STRUCTURE (DB) ��317 Slide Rail Fixing Instructions.................................. 388
Support Structure Configuration DB....................... 318
iv V20.0
Application Photos AP
Industry: Food & Packaging TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
Candies Packing Line High Speed (95m/min) Chocolate Packing Line
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
High Speed (95m/min) Chocolate Packing Line Cake Packing Line DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
Biscuit Packing Line
TL
Cookies Packing Line
IM
V20.0 1 MM
Application Photos
Industry: Personal Product & Pharmaceutical
Shampoo Bottle Depucking System Vertical Gripper Conveyor
Personal Product Packing Line
Liquid Bottles on Pucks Intravenous Fluids Production Line
2 V20.0
Industry: Electronic & Electrical TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
Conveyor Lines for Hard Disk
MR2
MF2
MG
Hard Disk Substrate Production Line MB
MA
DS3
DM3
Conveyor Lines for Automated Part Assembling DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
Anti-Static Conveyor Chain Conveyor Line for Multi Electronic Components
TL
IM
V20.0 3 MM
Application Photos
Industry: Automotive & Machined Parts
Robotic Automotive Part Assembly
Conveyor System & Robotic Palletizing Bearing Assembly Line
Automotive Oil Filter Line Conveyor for Bearing Manufacturing
4 V20.0
Industry: Paper Converting TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
Vertical Diverter & Conveyor System for Tissue Rolls
MR2
Conveyor System for Sanitary Napkin
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
Paper Converting Lines
DL2
High Speed (95m/min) Chocolate Packing Line DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
Kitchen Towel Line with Quick Adjust Side Guide
SE
Conveyor for Diaper line
TL
IM
V20.0 5 MM
Application Photos
Industry: Optical Lens
Friction Chain Decline up to 25° Tray Distribution
Lenses on Optical Tray Complete Distribution System
Side Transfer Unit for Optical Tray Automatic Optical Tray De-Palletizing System
6 V20.0
Application: Robotic Palletizing & Automation TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
Robotic Palletizing Pick & Place with Delta Robot
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
Label Pasting with Scara Robot Robotic Palletizing DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
Robotic Pick and Place for Electronic Industry TL
Robotic Pick and Place for Electronic Industry IM
V20.0 7 MM
Application Photos
Application: Gripper System
Friction Chain Decline up to 25°
Lowerator - Continuous Bottle Transfer
Stainless Steel Gripper for Tin Can Handling
Gripper Conveyor System Intergrated with Can Clean-

er to Remove Dust and Particles from the Can. S-Flow Gripper Conveyor to Elevate Carton Boxes
8 V20.0
Application: Alpine & Spiral Conveyor TR
The Alpine Conveyor System consists of multiple layers of conveyors that are stacked above each MP
other. It is used for buffer processes, storage tower or accumulation and incline or decline to or
from overhead transport system. MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
Alpine Conveyor for Puck Storage Spiral Conveyor DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
Spiral Conveyor IM
V20.0 9 MM
Application Photos
Application: Box Handling
Box Distribution System Carton Box Sorting System (Bar Code)
Continuous Carton Elevator Pneumatic Traffic Controller for Merging
Stainless Steel Gripper for Tin Can Handling
Friction Incline Conveyor
Friction Decline Conveyor
10 V20.0
Application: Stainless Steel Conveyor TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
Food Processing Line Stainless Steel Conveyor System
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
Packed food processing line Cooking oil production line
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
Intravenous Fluids Production Line Stainless Steel Conveyor for Wet Environment
IM
V20.0 11 MM
Application Photos
Application: Accumulation Conveyor

Accumulation conveyor provides large storage capacity. The accumulator stores products to create
mass buffering to accommodate other processes.
Accumulation for Composite Can
Accumulation Conveyor for Plastic Bottling Line
Bi-directional Accumulation Table
12 V20.0
AP
TR
TECHNICAL MP
REFERENCE (TR)
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
Contents Geared Motor Dimension.................... 32
Basic System Selection....................... 14 Track Length........................................ 34 SD
Product Overview................................ 15 Part Number Guideline....................... 35
Material................................................ 17 SE
Resistance to chemical....................... 18
Chains Properties:............................... 20
Chain Tension Calculation................... 23 TL
Component Guide............................... 28
Geared Motor Data.............................. 30 IM
V20.0 13 MM
Technical Reference - Basic System Selection
Basic System Selection
MODU System provides a wide selection of plastic chain and belt sizes to cover a wide variety of product sizes and
shapes. In order to select the right chain size to use in your application, consider the following selection criteria:
-- Product Dimensions
A product can be wider than conveyor chain in two or three times the width of the chain as long as the center of
gravity of product falls on chain width. Extra supporting guide rails are required and testing is recommended.
-- Product Weight
Product weight is essential in chain or belt selection as each it has maximum traction force. Traction force
calculation is required and it will increase further if the products are accumulated on the conveyor.
-- Conveyor Functions Available

Most of the conveyor functions are available in all the MODU System’s conveyor series. However there are
differences with regard to the chain types, drive unit and idler unit variants. Selection of drive type is important
as different drives have different traction force. MODU System’s type of conveyors are recommended to be used
after products have been packed
-- Technical Calculation
It is important to calculate total load on conveyor based on product weight, distance between products,
accumulation distance, conveyor length and speed of the system. The frequency of start /stop, chain tension and
service factor are important. If the calculated capacity is higher than the selected drive and chain series, shorten
the conveyor or select system with higher capacity.
-- Floor Space Available

Consideration of floor space available and utilization of smallest foot print for conveyor layout.
14 V20.0
Technical Reference - PRODUCT OVERVIEW AP
Product Overview TR
MP
1. Straight Conveyor
MS3
MODU System’s conveyor system is based on aluminium or stainless steel profiled beam, ranging from 35mm
to 580mm width, guiding a plastic chain. This plastic chain travels on low-friction plastic extruded slide rails.
MM3
The products that are to be conveyed ride directly on the chain, or on pallets depending on application. Guide
rails on the sides of the conveyor make sure that the products stay on track. Optional drip trays can be provided
MM3P
under the conveyor track in certain cases where the floor can be kept free from waste fluids.
ML2
2. Drive Units
ML2P
-- End Drive Units
An end drive unit pulls the chain from one end of the conveyor. The chain returns on the bottom of MX2
the conveyor beam, passing through an idler end at the other end. The traction force is the highest
compared to other drive units due to more engagement between drive sprocket and chain. MT2
MR2
-- Intermediate Drive Unit
An intermediate drive is best utilized when space restriction Prohibits the placement of the end drive MF2
unit. It required two idler end unit at each end. The gear motor can be coupled directly or suspended
underneath the drive unit at both right and left orientation. The traction force is lower than other end MG
drive units due to less engagement between drive sprocket and chain.
MB
-- Catenary Drive Unit MA

Catenary Drives are designed to
accommodate top-running chains. DS3
Commonly used in application of single
loop or alpine conveyor system. Additional DM3
idler end unit is not required.
DL2
-- Combined Drive and Idler Unit DX2

A combined drive and idler consists of one
end drive and one idler end unit mounted DT2
in a single assembly with transfer bridge
for smooth transfer of products. It has a DR2
smaller footprint compared to side transfer
design. The gear motor can be coupled at DF2
both left and right orientation.
DG
-- Wheel Drive Unit DB

Wheel drive suits application using single loop or alpine conveyor system without return chain. The
gear motor mounted underneath. The traction force is lower than other end drive units as the gear DA
wheel engages the side of the chain.
SD
3. Idler Units SE
The function of idler end is to change the direction of the moving chain. it comes with 2pc connecting
TL
strips at the connection end.
IM
V20.0 15 MM
Technical Reference - PRODUCT OVERVIEW
4. Bends
Bends are used to change the direction of movement of conveyors. There are 3 types of bends available
as follow:
-- Wheel bends
Designed with top and bottom wheels that rotate freely with the chain and are supported by ball bearing, it
has the lowest friction, minimum bend force and smallest turning radius compared to other types of bends.
Besides standard 30°, 45°, 60°, 90° and 180° configurations, special angle is also available upon request.
Select a horizontal wheel bends whenever is possible.
-- Horizontal Bends
An alternative to wheel bends, horizontal bends are useful in conditions requiring large space, long
products with large turning radius and twin – track bends and pallet applications. It has higher friction
compare to wheel bend. Larger radius is recommended for lower friction and stress on slide rail.
-- Vertical Bends
A vertical bend provides vertical change of conveyor moving direction. Vertical bends increases the tension
in the chain and cause higher stress on the slide rail. Avoid using more than four 90° vertical bends in one
conveyor.
5. Slide Rail
A slide rail provides low friction and wear resistance track for chain to slide on. It is mounted to a
conveyor beam via screw or rivet. Various types of slide rails are available that cater to different
requirements like normal operation, high speed and conductive application.
6. Conveyor Beams
Conveyor beams are made of anodized aluminium extrusion that comes in standard length of 3meter
section. T-slot flexibly allow drives, idlers, bends, guide rail bracket, leg support and other accessories
to be connected using connecting strips or bolts and nuts. Aluminium extrusion has advantages of high
strength and light weight. 2 connecting strips are required for joining. Option of beams made in stainless steel
are available with standard length of 2.4m.
7. Guide Rail Assembly System (MG / DG)

Guide rail components are used to guide and contain products throughout the conveyor system and
prevent them from falling off the conveyor. MODU System provides a comprehensive range of guide rails,
covers and brackets either fixed or adjustable to cover a wide range of application.
8. Structural System (MB / DB)

MODU System structural support system consists of support beams, support brackets, foots and end caps
that are interconnected to form robust support structure for a wide range of application.
9. Conveyor Accessories (MA / DA)

MODU System offers a wide selection of conveyor accessories from special bolt & nuts, brackets, connecting
strips, rivets, rollers, T-slot cover to washers for inter-connection between modules and components.
16 V20.0
Technical Reference - Material AP
Material TR
Material Components MP
Acetal Copolymer, POM Conveyor Chain
(PolyOxyMethylene) MS3
Acetal Copolymer, POM PERMASTAT Conveyor Chain, Anti-static
(PolyOxyMethylene) MM3
Acetal Homopolymer Delrin, Kevlar fiber reinforced Conveyor Chain, Kevlar
MM3P
Polypropylene, PP Conveyor Chain
Chain guards ML2
Wheel cap
ML2P
End caps
Aluminium, extruded & anodised Angle Brackets MX2
AA 6063-T6 (All Straight Sections)
Beam Support Brackets
AA 6063-T5 (Bend Sections) MT2
Conveyor Beam
Vertical Bends MR2
Guide Rail
MF2
Guide Rail Distance Tube
Support Beam MG
Drive/Idler Side Plate (ML2)
MB
Drip Tray
Polyethylene, PE 500 (HDPE) Vertical Bend (special case) MA
Polyamide injection, PA 6 Pivot for Chain
DS3
Polyamide, glass fibre reinforced, PA 6 GF30% Guide Rail Bracket
Guide Rail Support DM3
Drive/Idler Side Plate (MS3 & MM3)
Wheel Bend Wheel DL2
Drive Sprocket DX2

Idler Roller (MS3)
High Density Polyethylene, HDPE Slide Rail DT2
Guide rail & Guide rail cover
DR2
Cast Nylon Machining sprocket / roller (MM3,ML2
& MX2) DF2
Chain Return Guide
DG
Thermoplastic Elastomer
TPE 50A Inserts for Gripper Chain (Soft) DB
TPE 60A Inserts for Friction Top Chain
T-slot cover DA
Inserts for Gripper Chain (Medium) SD

TPE 73A Inserts for Gripper Chain (Hard)
TPU Inserts for Gripper Pad and Wedge SE
UHMW-PE Slide Rail
TL
PVDF Slide Rail
Nylon Inner Slide Rail for Plain Bend IM
V20.0 17 MM
Technical Reference - Resistance to Chemical
Resistance to chemical
MODU System components can withstand continuous contact with most chemicals. However, it is
recommended to avoid:
• Acids with pH less than 4 • Bases with pH higher than 9

The following table specifies the resistance of several material used in the conveyor on selected
chemicals
Legend
1 = Very good 2 = Good 3 = Moderate resistance
4 = Not recommended 5 = No data available
High-density Thermoplas-
Polyamide Aluminium
Material Acetal POM Polyethylene tic Elastomer
PA AL
HDPE TPE
Acids:
Acetic acid 3 4 3 - 2
Benzoic acid 3 4 1 - 4
Citric acid 3 2 2 - 2
Chromic acid 4 4 1 - 3
Hydrofluoric acid 4 4 1 - 4
Hydrochloric acid 4 4 1 - 3
Hydro cyanic acid 4 4 2 - 1
Nitric acid 4 4 4 - 3
Phosphoric acid 4 4 1 - 3
Sulphuric acid 4 4 2 1 3
Tartaric acid 3 2 1 - 1
Basic compounds:
Ammonia 1 2 1 - 2
Calcium hydroxide 1 2 1 - 4
Caustic soda 1 2 1 1 3
Potassium hydroxide 1 2 1 - 4
Salts:
Potassium bicarbonate 2 2 2 - 1
Potassium permanganate 2 4 2 - 1
Sodium cyanic 2 2 2 - 4
Sodium hydrochloride 3 4 1 - 4
Acid salt 2 3 1 - -
Basic salt 1 2 1 - -
Neutral salt 1 2 1 - -
18 V20.0
Technical Reference - Resistance to Chemical AP
TR
Organic compounds and solvents:
MP
Acetone 1 1 4 3 1
Benzene 1 2 4 3 1 MS3
Butyl alcohol 2 2 2 - 1
MM3
Carbon disulphide 1 2 3 - 1
Chloroform 1 3 4 - - MM3P
Ethyl acetate 1 2 2 - 1
ML2
Ethyl alcohol 1 2 1 - 1
Heptane 2 1 2 - - ML2P
Methyl alcohol 1 2 1 - 2 MX2

Methyl ethyl ketone 1 1 4 4 2
Nitrobenzene 2 2 3 - 1 MT2
Phenol 3 4 2 - 1 MR2
Gasses:
MF2
Carbon dioxide 3 1 1 - 1
Carbon monoxide 2 1 1 - 1 MG
Chlorine 2 4 3 - 1
MB
Hydrogen sulphide 3 1 2 - 1
Sulphur dioxide 2 3 2 - 1 MA
Others:
DS3
Beer 1 2 2 - 1
Fruit juices 1 2 3 - 2 DM3
Gasoline 1 2 2 - 1
DL2
Milk 1 1 2 - 1
Oil 1 1 2 - 1 DX2
Vinegar 1 2 3 - 1 DT2
Note: the table above is valid for temperature range up to 60ºC and it is to be considered as guideline DR2
only.Furthermore, precautions should be taken when using cleaning agents. If you are in doubt on
the material towithstand your special environment, you should go for chemical testing or contact our DF2
local distributor.
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 19 MM
Technical reference - technical data
Chains Properties:
MODU Plastic Modular Chain
Properties MP MS3 MM3 ML2 MX2

Chain width 35mm 63mm 83mm 140mm 220mm
Tensile strength at 20°C (POM) 2000N 3000N 4000N 5000N 5000N
Tensile strength at 20°C (PP) - 2000N 2600N -
Maximum working tension
300N 500N 1000N 12300N 1200N
(POM)
Maximum working tension (PP) - 600N 700N -
Working temperature -10°C to 60°C -10°C to 60°C -10°C to 60°C -10°C to 60°C -10°C to 60°C
Recommended running speed 3-40 m/min 3-50 m/min 3-50 m/min 3-50 m/min 3-60 m/min
Max.conveyor length (depend
20m 30m 30m 30m 30m
on layout)
Minimum turning radius 150mm 150mm 160mm 200mm 500mm
Link spacing (Pitch) 25.4mm 25.4mm 33.5mm 44.5mm 44.5mm
Chain weight (POM plain
0.75kg/m 0.75kg/m 1.3kg/m 2.5kg/m 3.4kg/m
chain)
Chain weight (PP plain chain) - - - -
Chain weight (POM friction
0.75kg/m 1.42kg/m 1.91kg/m 3.6kg/m
chain)
Chain weight (PP friction chain) - - - -
Chain weight (gripper chain) 1.47-1.87kg/
- - -
m
MODU Plastic Modular Belt
Properties MT2 MR2 MF2

Chain width 315mm 435mm 585mm
Tensile strength at 20°C (POM) >20000N >20000N >20000N
Maximum working tension (POM) 1500N 1900N 2200N
Working temperature -10°C to 60°C -10°C to 60°C -10°C to 60°C
Recommended running speed 3-50 m/min 3-50 m/min 3-60 m/min
Max.conveyor length (depend on
30m 30m 30m
layout)
Minimum turning radius 900mm 1200mm 1700mm
Link spacing (Pitch) 45.0mm 45.0mm 45.0mm
Chain weight (POM plain chain) 3.8kg/m 5.3kg/m 7.1kg/m
20 V20.0
Technical reference - technical data AP
Chain Strength and Expansion vs. Temperature TR
MP
Temperature ºC Tensile strength factor Linear expansion %
-20 1.2 -0.4 MS3
0 1.1 -0.2 MM3

20 1 0.1
MM3P
40 0.9 0.2
60 0.8 0.5 ML2
80 0.6 0.8
ML2P
100 0.5 1
120 0.3 1.3 MX2
MT2
Friction Coefficient
MR2
Friction Coefficients, between chain and slide rail is 0.15-0.20. The friction coefficients between MF2
chain and product is as follows:
MG
Product Plain Chain Friction Top Roller Top
MB
Steel (dry) 0.15 - 0.25 0.60 - 0.70 0.05 - 0.06
Steel (lubricated) 0.10 - 0.15 - - MA
Glass (dry) 0.15 - 0.20 0.50 - 0.60 0.05 - 0.06
DS3
Glass (lubricated) 0.10 - 0.15 - -
Aluminium 0.15 - 0.25 0.60 - 0.70 0.06 - 0.07 DM3
Plastic 0.15 - 0.25 0.60 - 0.70 0.05 - 0.07 DL2

Wood and paper 0.15 - 0.30 0.60 - 0.70 0.07 - 0.08
DX2
Temperature Limits DT2
This conveyor system can operate continuously in an environment of between -20ºC to 60ºC. The DR2
conveyor can withstand up to 100ºC for a short period (washing, rinsing). With the introduction of
anti-static material for slide rail and chain, it shall meet the requirement for electronic industry. DF2
It is not advisable to operate a conveyor with more than 20 starts/stops per hour. If your applica-
tion must operate this way, please consult MODU System
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 21 MM
Sound Level
Normally, noise level is higher during the run-in period. The noise level should go down after few days of
operation. Generally noise level will increase proportionally to the conveyor speed. Typically, the noise level
reading in dB should be around the following:
Conveyor Speed M/min

Chain
5 10 20 30 40
MP 55 59 68 71 72
MS3 55 59 68 71 75
MM3 59 62 7 77 75
ML2 61 65 72 76 79
MX2 61 65 72 76 78
MT2 58 58 60 62 65
MR2 58 58 60 62 65
MF2 58 58 60 62 65
Static Electricity
The standard plastic materials used for conveyors have low electrical conductivity. So, static electricity
can build up in the conveyor. When a conveyor is running under normal environment (20ºC and humidity
60%) without load, the static electricity build up should be around the following figures:
Above the drive unit 1800-2500V

Idler end 400-500V
Above the wheel bend 400-500V
Above the straight section 250-350V
22 V20.0
Chain Tension Calculation TR
Calculation is necessary to determine the maximum chain tension on a particular conveyor configuration design, MP
the results are used to decide :
MS3
• Drive unit capacity • Tension limit of conveyor chain
Drive Unit Output Capacity, P(W) requirement depend on: MM3
The required motor output power P depends on MM3P

• Traction force F • Chain speed v
The following equation applies: ML2
P [W] = 1/60 × F [N] × v [m/min]
The maximum permissible traction force of the various drive units is shown in the following table: ML2P
Maximum Traction Force in Newton (N)
Drive Unit Type MX2
MP MS3 MM3 ML2 MX2 MT2 MR2 MT2
Front 300 600 1000 1200 1300 1500 1900 2200 MT2
Combined - 600 1000 1200 1300 1500 1900 2200 MR2

Intermediate - 100 200 300 - - - -
MF2
Wheel - 100 200 - - - - -
Catenary - 300 500 - - - - - MG
Suspended - 600 1000 1200 - - - -
MB
Diagram 1 Maximum chain tension versus conveyor length
2200 MA
2000
1800 DS3
1600
1400 DM3
1200
1000
DL2
800 MP
MS3 DX2
600
MM3
400 ML2/MX2 DT2
200
MT2
MR2
0 MF2 DR2
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Diagram 2 Maximum chain tension versus conveyor speed DF2

2300
2100 DG
1900
1700 DB
1500
1300 DA
1100
900 SD
700 MP
MS3
500 MM3 SE
300 ML2/MX2
MT2
100 MR2 TL
-100 MF2
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
IM
Mt2, MR2 & Mf2 tensile strength >20,000n
V20.0 23 MM
Service Factor
Chain tension limit can be derived from the diagram on the next page. It is dependent on various
operating conditions, the actual calculation result should be reduced by service factor. Conveyors with
high frequency of start/stop will have a high service factor but this could be reduced by providing a
frequency inverter incorporated with start/stop function.
Operating conditions Service factor

Low speed (<15m/min) & max. 1 start/stop per hour 1.0
Low speed & max. 10 start/stop per hour 1.2
Low speed & max. 20 start/stop per hour 1.4
High speed (>15m/min) & max 20 start/stop per hour 1.6
Bend Factors
Bend factors must be considered and calculated at every plain chain. It depends on the angle of the bend
α in radians and friction coefficient μ between chain and slide rails. In application when conveyor is dry and
clean, the friction coefficient μ is close to 0.2.
The bend factor is important to calculate since the frictional force of a plain bend depends not only on weight
of chain and product but also the actual the tension through the bend. The result is an additional pressure
force of the chain towards the conveyor beam directed toward the center of the bend. Since the chain
tension varies throughout the conveyor, calculation of this additional pressure force is complicated. The
highest values are present at the pulling side of the drive unit and virtually zero at the chain inlet. Using bend
factor is the easiest way of including added friction in the plain bend for both horizontal and vertical into the
calculation. Always use wheel bend unless for exceptional cases. If plain bend is a must, the combined
plain bends angle should not more than 180º, unless it is a very short and light application.
Bend type, horizontal or vertical plain bend Bend factor α

30º 1.2
45º 1.3
60º 1.4
90º 1.6
7º inclined is the maximum a product could convey for plain chain whereas friction top
chain could take up to 30º
24 V20.0
Calculation TR
MODU System chain tension calculation could be simplified as follow:
MP
Divide the conveyor in sections, each containing a straight part and up to the next plain bend (horizontal or
vertical).First section should be from the end furthest away from the drive unit. MS3
Wheel bends are considered equivalent to straight section. A conveyor with wheel bend but without plain bend MM3
should be considered as one straight section. Calculate the force caused by gravity load of the return chain.
Calculate the forces caused by transport friction, accumulation and gravity in the first section and multiply with MM3P
bend factor. Repeat the step above on each section of the conveyor until the last section with the drive unit. The
result of the calculation indicates the amount of traction force required to move the conveyor. ML2
Traction force, the chain tension is caused by several components such as: ML2P
-- Friction between unloaded chain and slide rail for example on the return chain.
-- Friction between loaded chain and slide rails. MX2
-- Friction between accumulating products and top surface of chain.
-- Gravity force acting on products and top surface of chain.
MT2
-- Additional friction in horizontal and vertical bend.
MR2
Traction force F requires to move the chain depends on the following factors:
Conveyor length L MF2

Product gravity load per m
Transport qp MG
Accumulation qpa
MB
Chain gravity load per m qc
Friction coefficient MA
Between chain and slide rail μr
Between chain and products μp
DS3
Bend factor, α° plain bend (hor./vert.) kα
Inclination angle β
DM3
Diagram A Diagram B
DL2
Horizontal without accumulation. Incline without accumulation.
DX2
F
DT2
F DR2
DF2
F = L(qc + qp).µr DG
Diagram C DB
Incline without accumulation. β
DA
F = L(qc + qp) (µr cosβ + sinβ)
If the calculated traction force exceeds the chain capacity SD
or the drive unit capacity, some modification will be
F necessary. SE
-- Shorten the conveyor - In some cases, the layout could
be changed so that the conveyor becomes shorter. TL
-- Divide the conveyor into two separate conveyors with
F = L [ (qc + qp). µr + qpa . µp ] IM
individual drive units.
V20.0 25 MM
Example 1: Horizontal conveyor

Horizontal conveyor with two plain bends
The first example is a horizontal conveyor with three straight parts and two plain
bends (one 45° and one 60°).
L3 = 4.9m
Conveyor Data
Conveyor Series MM3

Conveyor speed, v 15 m/min
Start/stops 30 /hour
Total length 15m
L2 = 5.5m
Friction coefficient, µr 0.1
Friction coefficient, µp 0.2
Load due to chain weight, qc 12.75 N/m
L1 = 4.6m Load due to product weight
Transport (qp): Five 1kg item (1kg/m) 49 N/m
Accumulation (qpa ): Ten item (1kg/m) 98 N/m
Divide the conveyor

Start by dividing the conveyor into three elementary sections. Then start at the section farthest away from the
drive unit “pull” side.
Section 1 Section 2
Without accumulation: Without accumulation:

F1 = { F0+ L1(qc + qp).µr }.kα1 F2 = { F1+ L2(qc + qp).µr }.kα2
F1 = { 0 + 4.6 (12.75 + 49) 0.1 } 1.3 F2 = { 36.92 + 5.5 (12.75 + 49 ) 0.1 } 1.4
F1 = 36.92N F2 = 99.24N
With accumulation: With accumulation:

F1’ = { F0+ L1 [ (qc + qp). µr + L1. qpa . µp ] }.kα1 F2’ = { F1+ L2 [ (qc + qp). µr + L2. qpa . µp ] }.kα2
F1’ = [ 0 + 4.6 (12.75 + 49) 0.1 + 4.6 (98) (0.2) ] 1.3 F2’ = { 154.13 + 5.5 (12.75 + 49 ) 0.1 + 5.5 (98) (0.2) } 1.4
F1’ = 154.13N F2’ = 414.25N
Section 3
Comparison with rating
The result of the calculations can now be compared with
Without accumulation: the maximum permissible chain tension.
F3 = F2+ L3(qc + qp).µr
F3 = 92.81 + 4.9 (12.75 + 49) 0.1 Tension limit
F3 = 129.50N The maximum chain tension for a 15m MM3 conveyor is
1000 N and for a conveyor speed of 15 m/min is 900 N.
With accumulation: The lower value, 900 N, is the basic tension limit. With a
F3’ = F2+ [ L3 (qc + qp). µr + L3.qpa . µp ] start/stop frequency of 30 per hour, the service factor is
F3’ = 414.25 + [ 4.9 (12.75 + 49 ) 0.1 + 4.9 (98) (0.2) ] 1.6. Therefore, the basic tension limit must be de-rated to
F3’ = 540.55N 400/1.6 = 562.5 N.
Summary
a) Without accumulation: b) With accumulation on the whole of L3:
F3 = 129.50 N (<562.5 N). F3 = 540.55 (<562.5 N).
This conveyor will operate with a chain tension well This conveyor will operate with a chain tension well
below the maximum permissible value below the maximum permissible value.
26 V20.0
Example 2: Inclined conveyor TR
Inclined conveyor MP
L3 = 4m The second example is an inclined conveyor with three
straight parts and two 60° vertical bends. MS3
L2b = 0.95m MM3
MM3P
Conveyor Data
Conveyor Series ML2 ML2
L2a = 2.05m
Conveyor speed,v 5 m/min ML2P
Start/stops 10 /hour
Total length 12m MX2
L1 = 5m Friction coefficient, µr 0.1 MT2

Load due to chain weight, q 24.5 N/m
MR2
Load due to product weight
Transport (qp): Five 1kg item (1kg/m) 49 N/m MF2
Divide the conveyor MG

Start by dividing the conveyor into three elementary sections. Then start at the section farthest away from the
drive unit “pull” side. MB
Section 1 MA
Gravity forces in the bend are ignored
F1 = { F0+ L1(qc + qp).µr }.kα1 DS3
F1 = { 0 + 5 (24.5 + 49 ) 0.1 } 1.3
F1 = 47.78N DM3
Section 2 DL2
F2 = {F1+ L2a(qc + qp)(µr cosβ + sinβ)+ L2b (qc + qp) μr }.kα1
F2 = { 47.78 + 2.05 (24.5 + 49) (0.1 x 0.71 + 0.71) + 0.95 (24.5 + 49) 0.1}1.3 DX2
F2 = 224.17N
DT2
Section 3

DR2
F3 = F2+ [ L3(qc + qp).µr ]
F3 = 224.17 + [ 4 (24.5 + 49) 0.1] F3 = 253.57N
DF2
DG
Comparison with rating
The result of the calculations can now be compared with the maximum permissible chain tension. DB
Tension limit
The maximum chain tension for a 12m ML2 conveyor is 1500 N. The maximum chain tension for a conveyor speed DA
of 5 m/min is also 1500 N. With a start/stop frequency of 10 per hour the service factor is 1.2 (see table on page
TR7). Therefore, the basic tension limit must be de-rated to 1500/1.2 = 1250 N. SD
SE
Summary
Since F3 is calculated to 253.57 N (<1250 N), this conveyor will operate with a chain tension well below the TL
maximum permissible value.
IM
V20.0 27 MM
Component Guide
MODU Plastic Modular Chain
Type / Model MP MS3 MM3 ML2 MX2

Front,
Front,
Combined, Front,
Combined,
Front, Intermediate, Combined, Front,
Drive Suspended,
Combined Catenary, Suspended, Combined
Intermediate,
Wheel Bend, Intermediate
Catenary
Suspended
Idler End End End End End
Plain, Friction,
Plain, Friction, Plain, Friction,
Cleated,
Chain Plain Flocked, Cleated, Plain, Friction
Gripper,
Cleated Flocked
Flocked
Horizontal Wheel Bend
30°, 45°, 90°, 30°, 45°, 90°,

Radius 150mm - - -
180° 180°
30°, 45°, 90°,
Radius 160mm - - -
180°
30°, 45°, 90°,
Radius 200mm - - -
180°
Horizontal Plain Bend (Minimum Radius)
30°, 45°, 60°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 30°, 45°, 60°,
Radius 500mm 90°, 180°
90° 90° 90° 90°
30°, 45°, 60°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 30°, 45°, 60°,
Radius 700mm
90° 90° 90° 90°
30°, 45°, 60°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 30°, 45°, 60°,
Radius 10000mm
90° 90° 90° 90°
Vertical Bend
5°, 7°, 15°,

Radius 300mm 5° 25°, 30° 45°, - - -
90°
5°, 7°, 15°,
Radius 400mm - 25°, 30° 45°, - -
90°
5°, 7°, 15°, 5°, 7°, 15°,
Radius 1000mm 25°, 45°, 90° 25°, 45°, 90° 25°, 30° 45°, 25°, 30° 45°,
90° 90°
28 V20.0
MODU Plastic Modular Belt TR
MP
Type / Model MT2 MR2 MF2
Drive Front Front Front MS3
Idler End End End
MM3
Chain Plain, Cleated Plain, Cleated Plain, Cleated
Horizontal Wheel Bend MM3P
Radius 150mm - - -
ML2
Radius 160mm - - -
Radius 200mm - - - ML2P
Horizontal Plain Bend MX2

Radius 9000mm 30°, 45°, 60°, 90° - -
Radius 1200mm - 30°, 45°, 60°, 90° - MT2
Radius 1400mm - - 30°, 45°, 60°, 90° MR2

Vertical Bend
MF2
Radius 500mm 5°, 15°, 25° 5°, 15°, 25° 5°, 15°, 25°
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 29 MM
Geared Motor Data

50 Hz motors
Conveyor Speed (m/min)

Parameter
Output Output Gear Service MS3 / DS3 ;
Speed Torque Ratio Factor MM3 / DM3 ; MT2 ; MR2 ;
(rpm) (Nm) (i) (sf) MP
Motor Type ML2 / DL2 ; MF2
MX2 / DL2
33 41 39 1.0 10.1 13.5 15.1
53 30 25 1.3 16.2 21.7 24.3
SEW
WA20 DR 63L4 67 26 20 1.4 20.4 27.4 30.7
0.25kW, 3ph, 415VAC
91 21 14 1.5 27.7 37.2 41.7
127 16 10 1.6 38.7 51.9 58.3
SEW WA30 DR 63L4 17 62 75 1.2 5.2 6.9 7.8
0.25kW, 3ph, 415VAC 27 50 48 1.4 8.2 11.0 12.4
71 39 20 1.8 21.6 29 32.6
SEW
WA30 DRS 71S4 96 30 14 2.0 29.3 39.2 44
0.37kW, 3ph, 415VAC
135 23 10 2.2 41.2 55.1 61.9
72 60 19 1.2 21.9 29.4 33
SEW
SA37 DRS 71M4 103 45 13 1.1 31.4 42.1 47.2
0.55kW, 3ph, 415VAC
135 35 10 1.4 41.1 55.1 61.9
SEW SA47 DRS 71MA 21 167 67 1 6.4 8.6 9.7
0.55kW, 3ph, 415VAC 42 100 32 1.6 12.8 17.2 19.3
SEW SA47 DRS 80S4 99 64 14 1.7 30.2 40.4 45.4
0.75kW, 3ph, 415VAC 131 49 11 2.2 39.9 53.5 60.1
35 44 40 0.9 10.7 14.3 16.1
Motovario 70 27 20 1.5 21.3 28.6 32.1
NMRV 040 71A4
0.25kW, 3ph, 415VAC 93 21 15 1.9 28.3 38 42.7
140 15 10 2.8 42.7 57.2 64.2
47 81 30 1.0 14.3 19.2 21.6
Motovario 70 59 20 1.2 21.3 28.6 32.1
NMRV 050 80A4
0.55kW, 3ph, 415VAC 93 46 15 1.6 28.3 38 42.7
140 32 10 2.2 42.7 57.2 64.2
70 81 20 0.9 21.3 28.6 32.1
Motovario
NMRV 050 80B4 93 63 15 1.2 28.3 38 42.7
0.75kW, 3ph, 415VAC
140 44 10 1.6 42.7 57.1 64.2
30 V20.0
Continue TR
35 44 40 0.9 10.7 14.3 16.1
MP
Transtechno 70 27 20 1.5 21.3 28.6 32.1
CM040U 71A4 MS3
0.25kW, 3ph, 415VAC 93 21 15 1.9 28.3 38 42.7
140 15 10 2.8 42.7 57.2 64.2 MM3
47 81 30 1.0 14.3 19.2 21.6
Transtechno MM3P
70 59 20 1.2 21.3 28.6 32.1
CM050U 80A4
0.55kW, 3ph, 415VAC 93 46 15 1.6 28.3 38 42.7 ML2
140 32 10 2.2 42.7 57.2 64.2
ML2P
70 81 20 0.9 21.3 28.6 32.1
Transtechno
CM050U 80B4 93 63 15 1.2 28.3 38 42.7 MX2
0.75kW, 3ph, 415VAC
140 44 10 1.6 42.7 57.1 64.2
MT2
MR2
MF2
eg. Code for Ordering Motor :-
SEW SA47 DRS 71M4 72 => Gearmotor for SEW SA47 0.55kW rating with 72rpm output speed MG
Output speed rpm MB

Motor Type
Gear size MA
Motor Brand
DS3
*standard terminal box will be place at 180° from shaft mounting (please see TR-14 for illustration)
Our Partners DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
Sprocket data
DG
MS3 / MM3 / ML2 / MX2 / MT2 / MR2 / MF2 /
Series MP
DS3 DM3 DL2 DX2 DT2 DR2 DF2 DB
PCD, mm 97 130 146
DA
No. of teeth 12 16 12 11 11 18
SD
SE
TL
IM
Please consult MODU representative for further information and assistance. Units: Dimension (mm)
V20.0 31 MM
Geared Motor Dimension

SEW WA20 DR 63L4 SEW WA30 DR 63L4
250 261
132 132
152 163
50 63
139 159
50 63
300 324
Shaft Diameter: 20mm Shaft Diameter: 20mm

Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply
SEW WA20 DR 63L4 ** 7.0 kg 1 unit SEW WA30 DR 63L4 ** 10.0 kg 1 unit
SEW WA30 DRS 71S4 SEW SA37 DRS 71M4

272 261
139 132
177 163
63 63
162 159
63 63
335 324

SEW WA30 DRS 71S4 ** 11.0 kg 1 unit SEW SA37 DRS 71M4 ** 14.0 kg 1 unit
SEW SA47 DRS 71M4 SEW SA47 DRS 80S4

324 333
139 156
177 185
75 75
161 170
100 100
399 408

SEW SA47 DRS 71M4 ** 18.0 kg 1 unit SEW SA47 DRS 80S4 ** 21.0 kg 1 unit
32 V20.0
MOTOVARIO NMRV 040 71A4 MOTOVARIO NMRV 050 80A4 TR
313 MP
277
139
159 MS3
152 168
MM3
49
59
MM3P
160 190
ML2
327
373
ML2P
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply MX2
MOV NMRV 040 71A4 ** 6.0 kg 1 unit MOV NMRV 050 80A4 ** 10.0 kg 1 unit
MT2
MR2
TRANSTECHNO CM040U 71A4 TRANSTECHNO CM050U 80A4
330
MF2
289
163 MG
139
141 179
MB
50 60
MA
160 163
50 60 DS3
339 390
DM3
DL2
MOV CM040U 71A4 ** 8.0 kg 1 unit MOV CM050U 81A4 ** 12.0 kg 1 unit
DX2
DT2
TRANSTECHNO CM050U 80B4
DR2
330
DF2
163
179
DG
60 DB
163
DA
60
390 SD
Shaft Diameter: 25mm SE
Item Code Weight Supply TL

MOV CM050U 81B4 ** 13.2 kg 1 unit
IM
V20.0 33 MM
Track Length
The following tables list the effective track lengths for various MODU System’s components. These should be
considered when determining how much conveyor chain is required in a system. The effective track length is the
total length of chain required through a bend or drive unit. The value for twoway chain applies when the chain
returns on the bottom side.
Front Drive Unit

Effective track length (m)
MT2 /
MS3 / MM3 / ML2 / MX2 /
Series MP MR2 /
DM3 DM3 DL2 DX2
MF2
2-way Chain 0.6 0.82 0.8 1.16 1.16 0.8
Combined Drive Unit

Series MS3 / DM3 MM3 / DM3 ML2 / DL2 MX2 / DX2
2-way Chain 1.32 1.63 2.19 2.19
Suspended Drive Unit
Series MS3 / DM3 MM3 / DM3 ML2 / DL2 MX2 / DX2
2-way Chain 0.8 0.82 1.16 1.16
Catnary Drive Unit

Series MS3 / DM3 MM3 / DM3
2-way Chain 1.8 1.8
Intermediate Drive Unit

Series MS3 / DM3 MM3 / DM3
2-way Chain 1.2 1.2
34 V20.0
TR
Part Number Guideline
MP
MS3
Series, Conveyor Type Initial Part
Measurement Remark
& Generation Description MM3
X X X XX XXXX X MM3P
ML2
ML2P
note: Special Request
for non-standard parts.
MX2
Measurement ie: MT2

- 30: turning angle 30 degree
- R200: turning radius 200mm MR2
MF2
CP: Plain Chain
DD: Direct Drive
IE: Idler End MG
BW: Bend, Horizontal Wheel
BP: Bend, Horizontal Plain MB
BV: Bend, Vertical
MA
2 : Generation 2
3 : Generation 3 DS3
note: generation code will appear
for generation 2 and above DM3
DL2
P : Extra Small Chain (35mm)
S : Small Chain (63mm) DX2
M : Medium Chain (83mm)
L : Large Chain (140mm) DT2
X : Extra Large Chain (220mm)
T : Plastic Belt Chain (315mm) DR2
R : Plastic Belt Chain (435mm)
F : Plastic Belt Chain (585mm) DF2
B : Beam and Support structure
A : Conveyor Accessories DG
G : Guide System
DB
D : Thermoplastic Chain with Stainless Steel Structure for Dry Environment DA

M : Thermoplastic Chain with Aluminium Structure
S : Special Devices and Equipments SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 35 MM
AP
TR
MODU MP MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
Technical Characteristics
Chain Width 35 mm
MF2
Chain Pitch 25.4 mm
Chain Working Tension (Max) 300 N MG
Max Product Weight*
Horizontal Transport 7.5 kg MB
Vertical Transport 5 kg
Total Load* 100 kg MA
Working Temperature* -10°C to 60°C
DS3
Max Conveyor Length* 20 m
Max speed* 40 m/min DM3
Drive Unit Capacity 300 N
Item Width* 15 - 70 mm DL2
* Actual limit may vary according DX2

to conveyor layout and application.
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Chain Width 35mm
DA
Contents Vertical Bend�� 43
Chain MP��38 Sprocket MP�� 43 SD
Chain Accessories MP��38 General Dimension Guidelines�� 45
Drive Units MP��39 MP Pallet �� 48
Twin Drive Unit MP�� 50 SE
Idler End MP��40
Conveyor Beam MP��40 Pallet Stop Devices�� 51
Accessories MP��40 Pneumatic Transfer Unit�� 54 TL
Horizontal Wheel Bend MP��41 Pallet Locating Station�� 55
Lift-and-Locate Module�� 56 IM
Please consult Horizontal Plain Bend MP��42
MODU representative for further information and assistance. Units: Dimension (mm)
V20.0 37 MM
MODU MP Series - Chain
Chain MP
35 4 Plain Chain
-- Suitable for conveyor configuration with incline/decline
up to 5˚.
-- Accumulation possible.
Item Code Material Color Weight Supply

MP CP 5 POM White 3.8kg/roll 5m/roll
Chain Accessories MP
Lubricant For Chain Stainless Steel Pin
Silicone-based lubricant,
400ml

MA SL 0.35 kg/can 1 can MP PN M4x37 0.07 kg 10 pcs / pkt
Chain Pivot Chain Pin Insertion Tool
Chain pin insertion tool Chain attachment &

Item Code Weight Supply shown without attachment drive pin
MP PV 0.01 kg 10 pcs / pkt & specific drive pin
Item Code Description Weight Supply
TR CP 1 Pin Insertion Tool 1.2 kg 1 pc
MP AC Chain Attachment 0.2 kg 1 pc
38 V20.0
MODU MP Series - Drive Units AP
Drive Units MP TR
Gearmotor size (SEW) Gearmotor type (Motovario / Transtechno) MP

S20 = WA20 M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040
S30 = WA 30 M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
Motor Orientation
S37 = SA37 Transfer Device Guideline MS3
S47 = SA47 NIL = Basic Unit
TR = Free Roller MM3
Gearmotor position: L or R DR = Driven Roller
D: Front Drive Clutch MM3P
T: Combined Drive NIL = Basic Unit
C: Catenary Drive C = With Clutch
S: Suspended Drive MP DD L S20 TR C ML2
I: Intermediate Drive Front direct drive unit, motor on left
W: Wheel Bend Drive side for 0.55kW SEW geared motor, ML2P
with Free Roller and Clutch. LEFT RIGHT
Example. Code for Basic unit; MX2
MP DT R M50 => Combined drive unit, motor on right side for Motovario NMRV 050 geared motor.
MT2
Front Drive Unit
70 218 52 52 MR2
MF2
107
19 MG
-- Effective track length: 0.6m MB

-- Traction force: 300N
-- Connecting strip and set screw included. MA
Note: Item Code Weight Supply
-- Safety Cover comes as an option DS3
MP DD R/L S/M 1.4 kg 1 unit
DM3
Combined Drive Unit 51
DL2
70 218 167 60 45
DX2
DT2
110
19 DR2
267 DF2
DG
DB
268
DA
-- Effective track length: 0.6m SD

-- Connecting strip and set screw included. SE
Note: Item Code Weight Supply
-- Safety Cover comes as an option MP DT R/L S/M 2.4 kg 1 unit TL
IM
V20.0 39 MM
MODU MP Series - Idler, Beam & Accessories
Idler End MP
59 90 45
36
-- Effective track length: 0.11m

-- Traction force: 300N Item Code Weight Supply
-- Connecting strip and set screw included. MP IE 0.6 kg 1 unit
Conveyor Beam MP
45
69
11
Item Code Weight Supply

MP CB 3 5.0 kg 3m / beam
Accessories MP
Slide Rail Connecting Strip
11
140 5
6
Material : HDPE 25
Color: Pure White

MP SR 25 1.2 kg/roll 25m / roll MA CS 20x140 1.1 kg 10 pcs/pkt
Rivet Rivet Crimping

MA RR 3 0.02 kg 50 pcs/pkt MA RC 0.24 kg 1 pc
40 V20.0
MODU MP Series - Horizontal Wheel Bend AP
Horizontal Wheel Bend MP TR

70 80
Wheel Bend, 30° MP
80
Effective track length:
70 MS3
0.24m 1-way (0.48 m 2-way)
150 -- Tolerance: ± 2°
MM3
-- Connecting strip and set screw included
MM3P
ML2
MP BW 30R150 3.5 kg 1 unit
Ø276
ML2P
MX2
70 80
Wheel Bend, 45°
MT2
80
0.28m 1-way (0.56m 2-way) MR2
70 -- Connecting strip and set screw included MF2
Item Code Weight Supply MG

MB
Ø276
MA
70 80
DS3
Wheel Bend, 90°
DM3
0.4m 1-way (0.8m 2-way)
150 DL2
-- Tolerance: ± 2°
-- Connecting strip and set screw included
DX2
80
Item Code Weight Supply DT2
70
Ø276 DR2
DF2
70 80
DG
Wheel Bend, 180°
Effective track length: DB
150 0.63m 1-way (1.26 m 2-way)
-- Tolerance: ± 2° DA
300 -- Connecting strip and set screw included
SD
Ø276
Item Code Weight Supply SE
TL
70 80
IM
V20.0 41 MM
MODU MP Series - Horizontal Plain Bend
Horizontal Plain Bend MP
70 200 Horizontal Plain Bend, 90°

45
R360: 0.97m 1-way (1.93m 2-way)
90° R440: 1.09m 1-way (2.18m 2-way)
R520: 1.22m 1-way (2.43m 2-way)
R R600: 1.34m 1-way (2.69m 2-way)
R760: 1.59m 1-way (3.19m 2-way)
-- Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm
-- Connecting strip and set screw included.
Item Code Radius (R) Weight Supply

MP BP 90R360 360 mm 2.0 kg 1 unit
MP BP 90R440 440 mm 2.2 kg 1 unit
MP BP 90R520 520 mm 2.4 kg 1 unit
200
MP BP 90R600 600 mm 2.6 kg 1 unit
MP BP 90R760 760 mm 2.8 kg 1 unit
70 200
45
Horizontal Plain Bend, 180°
R398: 1.52m 1-way (3.04m 2-way)
R438: 1.78m 1-way (3.56m 2-way)
R518: 2.03m 1-way (4.06m 2-way)
R598: 2.28m 1-way (4.56m 2-way)
R R758: 2.77m 1-way (5.54m 2-way)

MP BP 180R398 398 mm 3.0 kg 1 unit
MP BP 180R438 438 mm 3.2 kg 1 unit
MP BP 180R518 518 mm 3.6 kg 1 unit
MP BP 180R598 598 mm 4.0 kg 1 unit
MP BP 180R758 758 mm 4.8 kg 1 unit
200
42 V20.0
MODU MP Series - Vertical Bend AP
Vertical Bend TR
MP
70 80 5 Vertical Bend, 5°
70
8 MS3
R300: 0.19m 1-way (0.38m 2-way)
MM3
MM3P
186 Item Code Weight Supply ML2

MP BV 5R300 0.77 kg 1 unit
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
Sprocket MP
MG
MB
6 Description:
PCD: 97mm
MA
R10 Teeth: 12
DS3
DM3
DL2
27
DX2
DT2
PCD
DR2
DF2
DG
Item Code Weight Supply DB

MP DS 97 0.12 kg 1 pc
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 43 MM
MODU MP Pallet Series
System Based on Modules

MODU’s MP pallet system is a complete sys- A combination of a highway and one or more satellites
tem for handling products on pallets (product is often called a cell. Using divert/merge modules, it is
carriers). An automated system is built on possible to build cell junctions which facilitate transfer of a
configurable standard modules. pallet from one cell to another. See figure.
Standard modules make it very easy and fast Cell

to create simple as well as advanced layouts
for routing, balancing, buffering and position-
ing of pallets. RFID identification in the pallets
enables one piece track and trace and logistic
control for the production line.
Satellite
Divert or Merge Devices Highway

Divert or merge devices are used for routing
products by dividing or combining flows of
products.
Cell Junction
There is a main conveyor, a “highway”, and
separate subordinated conveyors, “satellites”.
On the satellites, products can be subjected to
various operations such as turning, grinding,
assembly or testing, without disturbing the
main flow. After the operations, the products
canconveyed back to the highway.
44 V20.0
MODU MP Pallet Series - General Guidelines AP
General Dimension Guidelines TR
Minimum length of conveyor beam section MP
MS3
385
(Min. 200) MM3
105 218 (Min. 200)
P/2 MM3P
ML2
300
P(=PW-30) ML2P
MX2
45+P
MT2
(Min. 200)
(Min. 200) MR2
(Figure A) MF2
70
MG
218
MB
200 (Figure B) (Figure C)
P
MA
45+P 60
70 DS3
Note:
- Attachment of a support module normally requires more space in this section than 200mm. DM3
- Near a drive unit (Figure A) or idler end unit (Figure B, or a wheel bend (Figure C), the T-slots
are occupied by connecting strip DL2
DX2
Conveyor Modules
DT2
Straight Conveyor Conveyor J
DR2
DF2
PW
P=PW-30 DG
PL
P=PW-30 PW
PL PL
P=PW-30 DB
750 ≤ L1≤ 25000 PW
L2 L2
For use as standard alone unit, in-line with DA
perpendicular to another module. Reversible
operation is not possible. L1 L1 SD
SE
(L1+L2)≤25000
TL
L1,L2≥(1190+PW)/2
IM
V20.0 45 MM
MODU MP Pallet Series - General Guidelines
Conveyor U
P=PW-30 PL PL P=PW-30
PW
PW
L3 L3
L1 L1
L2 L1+L2+L3≤25000 L2
Conveyor L
For use as standard alone unit, in-line with

perpendicular to another module. Reversible
operation is not possible.
PL PL
PW
PW
L2 L2
P=PW-30
206
L1 (L1+L2)≤25000 L1
L1,L2≥(1190+PW)/2
Conveyor Q
L1 L1
PL
PL
PW PW
P=PW-30 P=PW-30
L2 L2
For use as standard alone unit, in-line with perpendicular to another module. Reversible
operation is not possible.
46 V20.0
MODU MP Pallet Series - General Guidelines AP
Conveyor Z TR
MP
P=PW-30 P=PW-30
MS3
MM3
PL
PW
PL MM3P
L3 PW L3
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
L1 L1
MR2
MF2
L2 L2
MG
Conveyor F MB
MA
P=PW-30 P=PW-30
DS3
DM3
PW
PL PL DL2
PW L3
L3
L1+L2+L3≤25000 DX2
L1,L3≥(1190+PW)/2
L2 L2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
P=PW-30 P=PW-30
L1 L1 DB
For use as standard alone unit, in-line with perpendicular to another module. DA
Reversible operation is not possible.
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 47 MM
MODU MP Pallet Series - Pallet Details
MP Pallet
Pallet Assortment
MODU MP pallet system includes pallets that can be

adapted to specific requirements such as
-- Low friction
-- High precision locating
-- Fast indexing
-- Fast pallet exchange
-- Easy attachment of fixtures
-- Low cost
A pallet consists of a pallet plate riding on two guide

discs. The pallet plate is aluminium and machined.
For normal environments each guide disc is equipped
with a plastic slide plate.
Four Pallet sizes are available:
-- 240 x 240 mm
-- 320 x 320 mm
-- 400 x 400 mm
-- 480 x 480 mm
-- Maximum load on the pallet is 80N per 100mm of pallet length (PL).
-- Friction between pallet and chain, µ=0.3 (under normal condition).
-- The table below shows maximum pallet or each pallet size
Size (PW x PL) Pallet Weight (kg) Max Load on Pallet (kg)
240 X 240 mm 2.6 kg 17
320 x 320 mm 4.4 kg 22
400 x 400 mm 6.8 kg 23
480 x 480 mm 9.8 kg 20
PL/10
PL/2
PL
48 V20.0
MODU MP Pallet Series - Pallet Details AP
25 TR
Ø12 H7 (4x) 10
MP
MS3
MM3
PW-36
MM3P
PW-75.5 PW+10
ML2
ML2P
PL-75.5
PL-36 MX2
PL+10
MT2
PW x PL MR2
240 X 240 mm 0.3 MF2
320 x 320 mm 0.5

MG
400 x 400 mm 0.6
480 x 480 mm 0.8 MB
MA
Pallet Order Details:
DS3
Item Code Size (PW x PL)
MP PL 240 240 X 240 mm DM3
MP PL 320 320 x 320 mm
DL2
MP PL 400 400 x 400 mm
MP PL 480 480 x 480 mm DX2
DT2
DR2
Minimum Clearance Details
DF2
DG
DB
13 13
DA
When two conveyors meet end to end, they must be
seperated by a mininum clearance SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 49 MM
MODU MP Pallet Series - Twin Drive Units
Twin Drive Unit MP

Twin Direct Drive Unit
70 218 52 P
19
267
268

Item Code Pitch (P) Pallet Size (PW x PL)
MP TDD R/L S/M 210 210 mm 240 X 240 mm
Note:
MP TDD R/L S/M 290 290 mm 320 x 320 mm Safety Cover comes as an option
MP TDD R/L S/M 370 370 mm 400 x 400 mm
MP TDD R/L S/M 450 450 mm 480 x 480 mm
Twin Combined Drive Unit

70 218 167 60 P
110
19
267
268

Item Code Pitch (P) Pallet Size (PW x PL)
MP TDT R/L S/M 210 210 mm 240 X 240 mm
MP TDT R/L S/M 290 290 mm 320 x 320 mm
MP TDT R/L S/M 370 370 mm 400 x 400 mm
Note:
MP TDT R/L S/M 450 450 mm 480 x 480 mm Safety Cover comes as an option
50 V20.0
MODU MP Pallet Series - Pallet Stop Devices AP
Pallet Stop Devices TR
Pallet Stop, Undamped MP

20
9 MS3
MM3
38.6
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
40 50
MT2
Pallet stop, undamped, 0–200 kg
Pressure range : Treated compressed air: 4–8 bar MR2
Air connection : 6 mm outside diameter tubing
Separating function: MF2

Open: pneumatically. Close: spring-loaded. Item Code Supply
**Mounting hardware is included. MG
MP PD U200 1 pc
MB
MA
Pallet Return Stop, Undamped
DS3
DM3
21 7
DL2
DX2
39
60 DT2
DR2
42 50 DF2
DG
To be used with Pallet stop device, damped DB

Item Code Supply
MP PD U200
MP PD UR 1 pc DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 51 MM
MODU MP Pallet Series - Pallet Stop Devices
Pallet Stop, Damped

40 76
20
39
76
Pallet stop, damped, 0–35 kg

Pressure range : Treated compressed air: 4–8 bar
Air connection : 6 mm outside diameter tubing
Separating function:
Open: pneumatically. Close: spring-loaded. Item Code Supply
**Mounting hardware is included. MP PD D35 1 pc
52 V20.0
MODU MP Pallet Series - Transfer Module AP
Transfer module - main to cross TR
MP
MS3
MM3
PW
MM3P
ML2
PL
ML2P
For transfer of pallets/products away from a conveyor.
Item Code Supply MX2
Maximum lifting payload: 30 kg at 6 bar.
MP TM MTC 1 unit
MT2
MR2
Transfer module - cross to mid main
MF2
MG
MB
PW
MA
DS3
PL DM3
For receiving of pallets/products to a conveyor with DL2

Item Code Supply
oncoming traffic.
Maximum lifting payload: 30 kg at 6 bar. MP TM CTM 1 unit DX2
DT2
Transfer module - cross to end main
DR2
DF2
DG
PW DB
DA
SD
PL
SE
For receiving of pallets/products to a conveyor without
Item Code Supply
oncoming traffic.
MP TM CTE 1 unit TL
Maximum lifting payload: 30 kg at 6 bar.
IM
V20.0 53 MM
MODU MP Pallet Series - Pneumatic Transfer Unit
Pneumatic Transfer Unit
P
L
380
Scope of delivery
4 2
14 12
5 1 3
Throttle valves (2×)
5/3 valve
Mid position pressurized
The diagram shows the maximum permissible weight of a pallet

(product weight + pallet weight), which the transfer is capable of
stopping, as a function of the conveyor speed.
Load
kg
35
30
When ordering, insert the pallet size
25
instead of PW×PL in the designation.
20 With damper
Four Pallet sizes are available:
15 -- 240 x 240 mm
10 -- 320 x 320 mm
-- 400 x 400 mm
No damper
5 -- 480 x 480 mm
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 m/min Speed
Item Code Supply
Maximum load vs. conveyor speed MP PT PWxPL 1 pc
54 V20.0
MODU MP Pallet Series - Pallet Locating Station AP
Pallet Locating Station TR
MP
19 Ø12
MS3
MM3
100
MM3P
ML2
110
ML2P
MX2
46 MT2
The locating station consists of locating cylinders including pins and brackets. MR2
Pressure range, treated compressed air: 4–8 bar
Air connection: 2×6 mm outside diameter tubing MF2
MG
Diagonal Lift Units MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
Singulate to stop and locate single pallet at one time
along the conveyor. Item Code Supply
Two diagonal lift units with guide pin MP LS DLU 1 unit DX2
DT2
DR2
Four Lift Units
DF2
DG
DB
DA
Singulate to stop and locate single pallet at one time SD

along the conveyor. Item Code Supply
Four lift units: Two diagonal lift units with guide pin.
MP LS FLU 1 unit SE
TL
IM
V20.0 55 MM
MODU MP Pallet Series - Lift-and-Locate Module
Lift-and-Locate Module
The lift-and-locate function is used when a product needs to be located at a specific height prior to a machine
operation.
PW
PL PL
The lift-and-locate unit consists of a plate which can be elevated by a

pneumatic cylinder. The plate has two locating pins.
The unit can be delivered with top plates adapted for the standard pallet sizes.
Lift height: 0–225mm (adjustable)
Locating repeatability in x and y directions: ±0,05mm
In order to avoid influence from conveyor movements, attach the conveyor to

a reference support.
It is recommended to enclose the unit to protect persons from the clamp risk.
Item Code Supply

MP LL LM 1 unit
Lift and Rotate Module
PW
PL
This module is used when a pallet needs to be located and rotated to

desired orientation according to the machine needs
Item Code Supply

MP LL RM 1 unit
56 V20.0
AP
TR
MODU MS3 MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
Chain Width 63 mm MF2
Chain Pitch 25.4 mm
Chain Weight 0.8 kg/m
MG
Chain Working Tension (Max) 600 N
MB
Max Product Weight*
Horizontal Transport 15.0 kg
Vertical Transport 10.0 kg
MA
Total Load* 200 kg
DS3
Working Temperature* 10°C to 60°C
Max Conveyor Length* 30 m DM3
Max speed* 50 m/min
DL2
Item Width* 15 - 140 mm DX2
* Actual limit may vary according
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Chain Width 63mm
DA
Contents Vertical Bend MS3�� 69
Chain Installation Section MS3�� 71
Chain MS3��58 SD
Chain Accessories MS3��59 Diagonal Beam MS3�� 71
Drive Units MS3��60 SE
Idler End MS3��65
Conveyor Beam MS3��66
Accessories MS3��66 TL
Horizontal Wheel Bend MS3��67
IM
Please consult Horizontal Plain Bend MS3��68
MODU representative for further information and assistance. Units: Dimension (mm)
V20.0 57 MM
MODU MS3 Series - Chain
Chain MS3
63.5 4 Plain Chain

-- Suitable for conveyor configuration with
incline/decline up to 5˚.

MS3 CP 5 POM White 4.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
MS3 CP 5A Anti-Static Black 4.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
MS3 CP 5K Kevlar Yellow 6.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
63.5 4
2
Friction Chain
-- Friction material : TPU (grey).
-- Accumulation not possible

MS3 CF 5 POM White 4.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
MS3 CF 5A Anti-Static Black 4.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
MS3 CF 5K Kevlar Yellow 6.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
63.5 4
Flocked Chain
-- Suitable for scratch sensitive material.
-- Flock colour : Black
-- Accumulation possible for light product only.
-- Sticker type only

MS3 CL 5 POM White 4.2 kg/roll 5m/roll
58 V20.0
MODU MS3 Series - Chain AP
TR
Cleated Chain - Machined PE Cleated Chain
63.5 4 MP
-- Required for vertical or steeply inclined / declined conveyor.
-- Accumulation not possible. MS3
-- Not suitable to be use with Combined and Catenary Drive.
-- Please specify pitch between cleat for ordering MM3
-- (eg. MS2 CC 3x10P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated).
**Please consult MODU representative for actual chain weight. MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MS3 CC 3 POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll
MX2
MT2
Chain Accessories MS3 MR2
Lubricant For Chain Stainless Steel Pin MF2
MG
MB
Silicone-based lubricant, MA
400ml
DS3
DM3
MA SL 0.35 kg/can 1 can MS3 PN M4x37 0.1 kg 10 pcs / pkt DL2
DX2
Chain Pivot Chain Pin Insertion Tool DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
Chain attachment & DB

Chain pin insertion tool
& specific drive pin DA
MS3 PV 0.01 kg 10 pcs / pkt
Item Code Description Weight Supply SD
MS3 AC Chain Attachment 0.2 kg 1 pc SE
TL
IM
V20.0 59 MM
MODU MS3 Series - Drive Units
Drive Units MS3

Gearmotor size (SEW) Gearmotor type (Motovario / Transtechno)
S20 = WA20 M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040
S30 = WA 30 M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050 Motor Orientation
S37 = SA37
S47 = SA47 Transfer Device Guideline
NIL = Basic Unit
TR = Free Roller
DR = Driven Roller
Gearmotor position: L or R
D: Front Drive Clutch
S: Suspended Drive
I: Intermediate Drive MS3 DD L S20 TR C
W: Wheel Bend Drive Front direct drive unit, motor on left
side for 0.55kW SEW geared motor,
Example. Code for Basic unit;
MS3 DT R M50 => Combined drive unit, motor on right side for Motovario NMRV 050 geared motor.
Front Drive Unit

Basic Front Drive
80 247 74 65
76 Cast Aluminium With Driven Roller

39
150
328
316
Front Drive with Free Roller

80 247 87 18 65 18 Basic unit
76
39 With Free Roller
150
328 **Comes without safety cover
316

Front Drive with Driven Roller -- Traction force: 600N
80 247 139 54 65 14 -- Connecting strip and set screw included.
Note:
76
39
153 -- Safety Cover comes as an option.
-- Recommended maximum chain elongation is
328
328mm from top conveyor to chain slack.
MS3 DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 3.0 kg 1 unit
316 MS3 DD R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 4.0 kg 1 unit

Driven Roller speed is approximately 10% higher
than conveyor speed. MS3 DD R/L S/M DR With driven roller 5.3 kg 1 unit
60 V20.0
MODU MS3 Series - Drive Units AP
Combined Drive Unit TR

With Driven Roller
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
Basic unit
ML2P
With Free Roller **Comes without safety cover
Basic Combined Drive MX2
80 247 421 80 65 MT2

76
150 MR2
39
328 MF2
MG
MB
316
Combined Drive with Free Roller MA
80 246 421 80 65
76 DS3
150
39 DM3
328
DL2
DX2
316
DT2
Combined Drive with Driven Roller
80 247 421 80 54 65 14
DR2
76
150 153
DF2
39
328 DG
Driven Roller speed
is approximately 10%
higher than conveyor DB
speed.
316 DA
Item Code Description Weight Supply -- Traction force: 600N SD
MS3 DT R/L S/M Basic drive unit 8.9 kg 1 unit
Note: SE
MS3 DT R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 9.1 kg 1 unit -- Safety Cover comes as an option.
MS3 DT R/L S/M DR With driven roller 10.4 kg 1 unit
-- Recommended maximum chain elongation is TL
IM
V20.0 61 MM

80 252 228 80 65
101
241


MS3 DI R/L S/M 13.0 kg 1 unit

108
80 246 65
76
39
300
72 161

MS3 DS R/L S/M Without clutch 14.5 kg 1 unit
MS3 DS R//L S/M C With clutch 15.5 kg 1 unit
Short Safety Cover Standard Safety Cover

316
316
139
267
Material :
Material : Stainless Steel Stainless Steel

SC2 139 0.8 kg 2 pcs/set SC2 267 0.8 kg 2 pcs/set
62 V20.0
MODU MS3 Series - Drive Units AP
Catenary Drive Unit TR

Basic Combined Drive
MP
80 247 421 80 With Free Roller
76 MS3
39
MM3
MM3P
563
ML2
ML2P
Basic unit
MX2
430 With Driven Roller
MT2
Combined Drive with Free Roller
80 247 421 80 65 MR2
76
MF2
39
MG
563
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
430
DL2
80 247 420 80 54 65 14 DX2
76
153 DT2
39
DR2
563 DF2
DG
DB
DA
430 Driven Roller speed is approximately
Item Code Description Weight Supply 10% higher than conveyor speed. SD
MS3 DC R/L S/M Basic drive unit 15.5 kg 1 unit -- Effective track length: 1.8m SE
MS3 DC R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 15.7 kg 1 unit -- Traction force: 300N
-- Connecting strip and set screw included. TL
MS3 DC R/L S/M DR With driven roller 17.0 kg 1 unit
IM
V20.0 63 MM
90° Wheel Bend Drive Unit

76 80
150
37
80 77
76
∅278
156
150
MS3 DW 90R150 S/M 6.0 kg 1 unit -- Connecting strip and set screw included.

76 80
37
300
77
∅278
156
76 80

MS3 DW 180R150 S/M 7.0 kg 1 unit -- Connecting strip and set screw included.
Free Transfer Roller

Direct Drive Unit 46
324 110
55
65
Note:
MS3 DD TR 0.84 kg 1 unit Suitable for all motor flange except SA47
Combined Drive Unit

121
41
65

MS3 DT TR 0.84 kg 1 unit
64 V20.0
MODU MS3 Series - Idler End AP
Idler End MS3 TR

MP
80 320 65
MS3
150
With Driven Roller MM3
Cast Aluminium
MM3P
80 334 18 65 18 ML2
ML2P
150
Basic unit
MX2
Combined Drive with Driven Roller MT2

With Free Roller
80 386 54 65 14
MR2
152
MF2
MG

MA
DS3
MS3 IE 320 Basic idler unit 3.0 kg 1 unit
MS3 IE 320 TR With transfer roller 3.2 kg 1 unit DM3

MS3 IE 320 DR With driven roller 4.5 kg 1 unit
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 65 MM
MODU MS3 Series - Beam and Accessories
Conveyor Beam MS3

65
74
11

MS3 CB 3 6.1 kg 3m / beam
Accessories MS3
Slide Rail
14 MS SR 25 HDPE Pure White 1.2 kg 25m/roll
MS SR 25A Anti-Static Grey 1.2 kg 25m/roll

6
MS SR 25P PVDF Natural White 2.7 kg 25m/roll
Connecting Strip
140 5
25
MA CS 20x140 1.1 kg 10 pcs/pkt
- 4 pcs M8 set screw included.
T-Slot Cover
16.4 MB SC 25T TPE Grey 1.5 kg 25m/roll
MB SC 25P PVC Light Grey 1.3 kg 25m/roll

Slide Rail Mounting Tool Slide Rail Drill Fixture

MS3 SRA 0.4 kg 1 pc MA SRF 0.24 kg 1 pc
66 V20.0
MODU MS3 Series - Horizontal Wheel Bend AP
>160
Horizontal Wheel Bend MS3 Minimum TR
straightsection
for all wheel bend MP
connection.
76 80 MS3
80 Wheel Bend, 30°
76 Effective track length: MM3
150 0.24m 1-way (0.48 m 2-way)
-- Tolerance: ± 2° MM3P
ML2
MS3 BW 30R150 5.6 kg 1 unit

∅276 ML2P
76 80
Wheel Bend, 45° MX2
80 Effective track length:

MT2
150 0.28m 1-way (0.56m 2-way)
76
MR2
Item Code Weight Supply MF2
∅276
MG
76 80
Wheel Bend, 60° MB
0.31m 1-way (0.62m 2-way) MA
150 80
76 -- Connecting strip and set screw included. DS3
Item Code Weight Supply DM3

∅276 DL2
76 80
Wheel Bend, 90° DX2
0.4m 1-way (0.8m 2-way) DT2
150
-- Connecting strip and set screw included. DR2
80
Item Code Weight Supply DF2
∅276 76 MS3 BW 90R150 5.8 kg 1 unit
DG
76 80 DB
Wheel Bend, 180°
DA
0.63m 1-way (1.26 m 2-way)
-- Tolerance: ± 2° SD
300
∅276 SE
MS3 BW 180R150 5.9 kg 1 unit
TL
76 80
IM
V20.0 67 MM
MODU MS3 Series - Horizontal Plain Bend
Horizontal Plain Bend MS3 Type A (SA) Type B (SB)

Plain bends comes with options for optimum usage
-Plain bend basic Unit.
-Plain bend with inner slide rail Type A (SA), Material = PE.
-Plain bend with inner slide rail Type B (SB), Material = Nylon
Basic Inner slide rail Type A Inner slide rail Type B
70 200
30°
65 Horizontal Plain Bend, 30°
200
R
R500: 0.66m 1-way (1.32m 2-way) MS3 BP 30R500 500 mm 1.8 kg 1 unit
R700: 0.77m 1-way (1.54m 2-way)
MS3 BP 30R700 700 mm 2.1 kg 1 unit
R1000: 0.92m 1-way (1.84m 2-way).
Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm MS3 BP 30R1000 1000 mm 2.4 kg 1 unit
- Connecting strip and set screw included.
70 200
65
45° Horizontal Plain Bend, 45°
R
Effective track length: MS3 BP 45R500 500 mm 2.1 kg 1 unit
200
R500: 0.79m 1-way (1.58m 2-way)
Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm
70 200

60° Item Code Radius (R) Weight Supply
R
MS3 BP 60R500 500 mm 2.4 kg 1 unit
R700: 1.13m 1-way (2.26m 2-way) 200 MS3 BP 60R1000 1000 mm 3.4 kg 1 unit
R1000: 1.45m 1-way (2.90m 2-way)
70 200
65
90°
R
MS3 BP 90R500 500 mm 2.9 kg 1 unit
MS3 BP 90R700 700 mm 3.6 kg 1 unit
MS3 BP 90R1000 1000 mm 4.5 kg 1 unit
R500: 1.19m 1-way (2.38m 2-way)
R700: 1.50m 1-way (3.00m 2-way)
R1000: 1.97m 1-way (3.94m 2-way)
Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm 200 When ordering plain bends with inner slide rail, please specify
- Connecting strip and set screw included. the type using the following part number as an example.
Type A - MS3 BP 30R500 SA
Type B - MS3 BP 90R500 SB
68 V20.0
MODU MS3 Series - Vertical Bend AP
Vertical Bend MS3 TR
80 5° Vertical Bend, 5° MP
8 70
R300: 0.19m 1-way (0.38m 2-way) MS3
R300
186 -- Connecting strip and set screw included. MM3
MM3P
MS3 BV 5R300 1.0 kg 1 unit
ML2
80 7° Vertical Bend, 7°
12 70 ML2P
R300: 0.20m 1-way (0.40m 2-way)
MX2
R300 -- Connecting strip and set screw included.
196 MT2
MS3 BV 7R300 1.0 kg 1 unit MR2
MF2
Vertical Bend, 15°
80 15° MG
70 R300: 0.24m 1-way (0.48m 2-way) MB
31 -- Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm
R300
235 Item Code Weight Supply
MS3 BV 15R300 1.0 kg 1 unit DS3
DM3
80 Vertical Bend, 25°

25° DL2
R300: 0.29m 1-way (0.58m 2-way) DX2
A 70 R1000: 0.60m 1-way (1.20m 2-way)
DT2
R -- Connecting strip and set screw included.
Item Code Weight Supply DR2
B
R300 : A = 62mm ; B = 279 mm DF2
R1000 : A = 128mm ; B = 575 mm MS3 BV 25R1000 2.0 kg 1 unit
DG
80 Vertical Bend, 30° DB

30°
R300: 0.32m 1-way (0.64m 2-way) DA
A R1000: 0.68m 1-way (1.36m 2-way)
R SD
B
TL
IM
V20.0 69 MM
MODU MS3 Series - Vertical Bend
80
45°
Vertical Bend, 45°
A
R300: 0.40m 1-way (0.80m 2-way)
R R1000: 0.95m 1-way (1.90m 2-way)
70
B MS3 BV 45R300 1.3 kg 1 unit

R1000 : A = 350mm ; B = 844 mm
80
90°
Vertical Bend, 90°
R R300: 0.63m 1-way (1.26m 2-way)
R1000: 1.73m 1-way (3.46m 2-way)
MS3 BV 90R1000 4.0 kg 1 unit
70
R300 : B = 380 mm
R1000 : B = 1080 mm
Non-Standard Vertical Bend also available in PE and

Stainless Steel with minimum radius of 300mm.
70 V20.0
MODU MS3 Series - Components AP
Chain Installation Section MS3 TR

Type A
MP
70 500 70
10 41 10 MS3
MM3
74
24
MM3P
65 ML2

ML2P
MS3 LU 500 1.4 kg 1 unit

MX2
MT2
Type B MR2
94 70 160 70 MF2
77
65
MG
74
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
MS3 CIS 160 1.3 kg 1 unit
DL2
Diagonal Beam MS3 DX2

591
DT2
586
594 -- A combination drive and idler unit used DR2
for smooth transfering of unstable
70 DF2
168
products between conveyors.

-- All available standard drives fit this unit.
-- Please indicate the drive unit type when DG
70 placing an order.
DB
206
DA
SD
MS3 DXD 12.9 kg 1 unit SE
Product travel direction
-- Drive and idler not included. TL

IM
V20.0 71 MM
AP
TR
MODU MM3 MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
Technical Characteristics MR2

Chain Width 83 mm
Chain Pitch 33.5 mm MF2
MG
Chain Working Tension (Max)
With Wheel Bend 800 N
Without Wheel Bend 1000 N MB
Max Product Weight*
Horizontal Transport 15.0 kg MA
Total Load* 250 kg DS3
DM3
Max speed* 50 m/min DL2
to conveyor layout and application. DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Chain Width 83mm
DA
Contents Horizontal Wheel Bend MM3�� 85

SD
Chain MM3��74 Horizontal Plain Bend MM3�� 86
Chain Top Replacement MM3��76 Vertical Bend MM3�� 87
Chain Accessories MM3��77 Chain Installation Section MM3�� 89 SE
Drive Units MM3��78 Diagonal Beam MM3�� 89
Idler End MM3��83 Wrap Beam MM3�� 89 TL
Conveyor Beam MM3��84 Gripper System MM3�� 90
Accessories MM3��84 IM
V20.0 73 MM
MODU MM3 Series - Chain
Chain MM3
Plain Chain
83 4
-- Suitable for conveyor configuration
with incline/decline up to 5˚.

MM3 CP 5 POM White 6.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
MM3 CP 5A Anti-Static Black 6.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
MM3 CP 5K Kevlar Yellow 8.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
Insert Friction Chain

83 4
6 -- Suitable for conveyor configuration with

MM3 CF 5 POM White 7.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
MM3 CF 5A Anti-Static Black 7.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
MM3 CF 5K Kevlar Yellow 9.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
83 4
Molded Friction Chain
3
-- PP chain working material tension = 500N

MM3 CF 5P PP White 6.8 kg/roll 5m/roll
83 4 Flocked Chain
-- Accumulation possible for light product
only.
MM3 CL 5 POM White 7.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
74 V20.0
MODU MM3 Series - Chain AP
83 4
15
Cleated Chain - Molded Cleated TR
-- Required for vertical or steeply inclined /
declined conveyor. MP
-- Accumulation not possible.
-- Not suitable to be use with Combined MS3
and Catenary Drive.
MM3
MM3 CC 3X15P *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll

MM3P
*p
Please specify pitch between cleat for ordering MM3 CC 3X15A *p Anti-Static Black ** kg/roll 3m/roll
(eg. MM3 CC 3x15P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated). MM3 CC 3X15PK *p Kevlar Yellow ** kg/roll 3m/roll ML2
ML2P
83 4 50
Roller Cleated Chain
-- Required for vertical or steeply inclined / MX2
declined conveyor.
-- Accumulation not possible. MT2
-- Not suitable to be use with Combined
and Catenary Drive. MR2
Ø25
Item Code Material Color Weight Supply MF2
* Non-standard height are available upon request.
MM3 CR 3X15P *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll
MG
Finger Gripper Chain MB

83 4
13 -- Suitable to be use for transfering product MA
using gripper system.
-- Accumulation not possible. DS3
-- Not suitable to use with Combined Drive
DM3
MM3 CG 3 POM White 5.0 kg/roll 3m/roll DL2
MM3 CG 3A Anti-Static Black 5.0 kg/roll 3m/roll
MM3 CG 3K Kevlar Yellow 6.0 kg/roll 3m/roll DX2
DT2
83 4 Box Gripper Chain
26 DR2
-- Suitable to be use for transfering product
using gripper system. DF2
-- Not suitable to use with Combined Drive DG
Soft Type DB
Indicator l Soft
l ll Medium DA
lll Hard MM3 CG 3BS POM White 7.7 kg/roll 3m/roll
Max Product
MM3 CG 3BSA Anti-Static Black 7.7 kg/roll 3m/roll SD
Gripper Box
Weight MM3 CG 3BSK Kevlar Yellow 8.7 kg/roll 3m/roll
Soft Type – 50A Shore Hardness up to 2 kg SE
For other gripper box hardness, use the following item code:
Medium Type – 60A Shore Hardness up to 5 kg Medium Type - MM3 CG 3BM
Hard Type - MM3 CG 3BH TL
Hard Type – 73A Shore Hardness up to 10 kg
IM
V20.0 75 MM
MODU MM3 Series - Chain
83 4
27 Wedge Gripper Chain

MM3 CG 3W POM White 5.0 kg/roll 3m/roll
MM3 CG 3WA Anti-Static Black 5.0 kg/roll 3m/roll
MM3 CG 3WK Kevlar Yellow 6.7 kg/roll 3m/roll
83 4 12
Silicone Pad Gripper Chain
-- High friction for incline of cylindral product
up to 40˚

MM3 CG 3SG POM White 5.4 kg/roll 3m/roll
38
MM3 CG 3SGA Anti-Static Black 5.4 kg/roll 3m/roll
MM3 CG 3SGK Kevlar Yellow 7.2 kg/roll 3m/roll
Chain Top Replacement MM3

77 26
Friction Pad Finger Gripper Pad
72
25 72
6 13
25
Item Code Material Color Weight Supply Item Code Material Color Weight Supply
MM3 FP 83 TPE Grey 0.01 kg 10 pcs/pkt MM3 GP 83F TPU Grey 0.09 kg 10 pcs/pkt
Wedge Gripper Silicone Pad Gripper

76 27 75 12
25
MM3 FP 83W TPU Grey 0.2 kg 10 pcs/pkt MM3 FP 83 Silicone Grey 0.3 kg 10 pcs/pkt
76 V20.0
38
MODU MM3 Series - Chain AP
Gripper Box TR
MP
77 26
MS3
25 - Box material : TPE (Grey).
MM3
Item Code Hardness Weight Supply
Indicator l Soft MM3 GP 83 BS Soft - 50A 0.2 kg 10 pcs/pkt MM3P
l ll Medium
lll Hard MM3 GP 83 BM Medium - 60A 0.2 kg 10 pcs/pkt
ML2
MM3 GP 83 BH Hard - 73A 0.2 kg 10 pcs/pkt
ML2P
MX2
Chain Accessories MM3
MT2
Lubricant For Chain Stainless Steel Pin MR2
MF2
MG
Silicone-based lubricant, MB
400ml
MA
DS3
MA SL 0.35 kg/can 1 can MM3 PN M6x53 0.07 kg 10 pcs / pkt DM3
DL2
Chain Pivot Chain Pin Insertion Tool DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
Chain pin insertion tool Chain attachment & DG

MM3 PV 0.01 kg 10 pcs / pkt & specific drive pin DB
DA
MM3 AC Chain Attachment 0.2 kg 1 pc SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 77 MM
MODU MM3 Series - Drive Units
Drive Units MM3

S20 = WA20 M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040
S30 = WA 30 M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
Motor Orientation
TR = Free Roller
S: Suspended Drive MM3 DD L S20 TR C
W: Wheel Bend Drive side for 0.55kW SEW geared motor,
MM3 DD L S37 => Front drive unit, motor on left side for SEW SA37 gearmotor.
Front Drive Unit

Basic Front Drive
80 246 74 85
Cast Aluminium With Driven Roller
76
39
150
328
316

80 247 87 18 85 18
Basic unit
76
39 150
With Free Roller
328
**Comes without safety cover
316
Front Drive with Driven Roller

80 247 142 54 85 14
39
76 -- Traction force: 1000N
153
Note:
328
-- Safety Cover comes as an option.
316
MM3 DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 4.9 kg 1 unit
MM3 DD R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 5.1 kg 1 unit

than conveyor speed. MM3 DD R/L S/M DR With driven roller 6.6 kg 1 unit
78 V20.0
MODU MM3 Series - Drive Units AP

With Driven Roller
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
Basic unit **Comes without safety cover ML2P

With Free Roller
80 247 80 85
MT2
421
76 MR2
39
150 150
MF2
328
MG
MB
316
247
80 421 80 85
DS3
39 76
150 150
DM3
328
DL2
DX2
316
DT2
80 247 421 54 85 14
DR2
76
39
150 153 DF2
328 Driven Roller speed DG

speed.
316 DA
MM3 DT R/L S/M Basic drive unit 10.2 kg 1 unit
Note: SE
MM3 DT R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 10.4 kg 1 unit -- Safety Cover comes as an option.
MM3 DT R/L S/M DR With driven roller 11.9 kg 1 unit
IM
V20.0 79 MM

80 273 227 80 85
101
260 260


MM3 DI R/L S/M 13.0 kg 1 unit
115
80 246 85
76
39
300
72 181
MM3 DS R/L S/M Without clutch 14.5 kg 1 unit
MM3 DS R//L S/M C With clutch 15.5 kg 1 unit

316
316
139
267
Material :

80 V20.0
MODU MM3 Series - Drive Units AP

With Driven Roller MP
80 247 421 80
MS3
76
39
MM3
MM3P
563 ML2
ML2P
With Free Roller
Basic unit MX2
430 MT2
MR2
80 247 421 80 85
76 MF2
39
MG
MB
563
MA
DS3
DM3
430
DL2
80 247 421 80 54 85 14
DX2
76
39
153 DT2
DR2
563 DF2
DG
DB
Driven Roller speed is approximately
10% higher than conveyor speed.
DA
430

MM3 DC R/L S/M Basic drive unit 18.9 kg 1 unit -- Effective track length: 1.8m SE
MM3 DC R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 19.1 kg 1 unit -- Traction force: 500N
MM3 DC R/L S/M DR With driven roller 20.6 kg 1 unit
IM
V20.0 81 MM
160 40
77
80
80
Ø281 160
160
MM3 DW 90R150 S/M 8.0 kg 1 unit -- Connecting strip and set screw included.
40
77
320
Ø281
160
80 80
MM3 DW 180R150 S/M 8.0 kg 1 unit -- Connecting strip and set screw included.

Direct Drive Unit
324 46 130
55
85
MM3 DD TR 0.85 kg 1 unit
Combined Drive Unit

120 41
85

MM3 DT TR 0.25 kg 1 unit
82 V20.0
MODU MM3 Series - Idler End AP
Support Bracket for Drive Unit TR
MP
MS3
104
200
MM3
40 80
40 136
MM3P
20
148
ML2
* Suitable for Direct Drive Unit.
ML2P
MX2
MM3 BD 1.0 kg 1 unit
MT2
MR2
Idler End MM3 MF2

MG
80 321 85 With Driven Roller
Cast Aluminium
MB
150
MS2
MA
MS2
DS3
80 334 18 85 18 Basic unit
DM3
150
DL2
DX2
Combined Drive with Driven Roller With Free Roller
80 389 54 85 14 DT2
152 DR2
10% higher than conveyor speed. DF2
-- Connecting strip and set screw included. DG
DB
MM3 IE 320 Basic idler unit 2.6 kg 1 unit DA

MM3 IE 320 TR With transfer roller 2.8 kg 1 unit
SD
MM3 IE 320 DR With driven roller 4.1 kg 1 unit
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 83 MM
MODU MM3 Series - Beam and Accessories
Conveyor Beam MM3

85
74 11

MM3 CB 3 7.6 kg 3m / beam
Accessories MM3
Slide Rail

6
Connecting Strip
140 5
25
T-Slot Cover
16.4
MB SC 25T TPE Grey 1.5 kg 25m/roll


MM3 SRA 0.4 kg 1 pc MA SRF 0.24 kg 1 pc
84 V20.0
MODU MM3 Series - Horizontal Wheel Bend AP
Horizontal Wheel Bend MM3 >160

Minimum TR
straightsection
connection.
80 80 MS3
80
Wheel Bend, 30°
Effective track length: MM3
160
0.24m 1-way (0.48 m 2-way)
Tolerance: ± 2° MM3P
ML2
Ø281 MM3 BW 30R150 6.0 kg 1 unit

ML2P
80 80
MT2
160 80 0.28m 1-way (0.56m 2-way)
Tolerance: ± 2°
MR2

Ø281
MM3 BW 45R150 6.0 kg 1 unit
MG
80 80
Wheel Bend, 60° MB
0.33m 1-way (0.66 m 2-way) MA
160 80

Ø281 MM3 BW 60R150 6.1 kg 1 unit
DL2
80 80
0.41m 1-way (0.82m 2-way) DT2
160
80
Ø281 80 MM3 BW 90R150 6.1 kg 1 unit
DG
80 80 DB
Wheel Bend, 180°
DA
160
0.66m 1-way (1.32 m 2-way).
320
SE
Ø281
MM3 BW 180R150 6.2 kg 1 unit
TL
80 80
IM
V20.0 85 MM
MODU MM3 Series - Horizontal Plain Bend
Horizontal Plain Bend MM3 Type A (SA) Type B (SB)


-
70 200
-
30°
85
200
R Item Code Radius (R) Weight Supply
R500: 0.66m 1-way (1.32m 2-way) MM3 BP 30R500 500 mm 2.3 kg 1 unit
R700: 0.77m 1-way (1.54m 2-way)
MM3 BP 30R700 700 mm 2.6 kg 1 unit
R1000: 0.92m 1-way (1.84m 2-way).
Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm MM3 BP 30R1000 1000 mm 2.9 kg 1 unit
70 200
45°
Effective track length: 200 MM3 BP 45R500 500 mm 2.6 kg 1 unit
R500: 0.79m 1-way (1.58m 2-way)
70 200
85 60°
R MM3 BP 60R500 500 mm 2.9 kg 1 unit

200
R1000: 1.45m 1-way (2.90m 2-way)
70 200
85
90°
R MM3 BP 90R500 500 mm 3.6 kg 1 unit
MM3 BP 90R700 700 mm 4.4 kg 1 unit
MM3 BP 90R1000 1000 mm 5.6 kg 1 unit
R500: 1.19m 1-way (2.38m 2-way)
R700: 1.50m 1-way (3.00m 2-way)
R1000: 1.97m 1-way (3.94m 2-way)
Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm 200 When ordering plain bends with inner slide rail, please specify
- Connecting strip and set screw included. the type using the following part number as an example.
Type A - MM3 BP 30R500 SA
Type B - MM3 BP 90R500 SB
86 V20.0
MODU MM3 Series - Vertical Bend AP
Vertical Bend MM3 TR
Vertical Bend, 5° MP
80 5° 70 Effective track length:
R400: 0.19m 1-way (0.38m 2-way) MS3
8
R400 -- Connecting strip and set screw included. MM3
195
MM3P
MM3 BV 5R300 1.0 kg 1 unit
ML2
Vertical Bend, 7°
80 7° ML2P
R400: 0.20m 1-way (0.40m 2-way)
MX2
13
208 MT2
MM3 BV 7R400 1.1 kg 1 unit MR2
MF2
80 15°
Vertical Bend, 15°
MG
34 R400: 0.26m 1-way (0.52m 2-way) MB
R400
261
MM3 BV 15R400 1.2 kg 1 unit DS3
DM3
Vertical Bend, 25°
DL2
80 25° Effective track length:
R400: 0.33m 1-way (0.66m 2-way) DX2
R1000: 0.60m 1-way (1.20m 2-way)
A 70
DT2
R -- Connecting strip and set screw included.
B Item Code Weight Supply DR2
R400 : A = 71mm ; B = 322 mm DF2
R1000 : A = 128mm ; B = 575 mm MM3 BV 25R1000 2.0 kg 1 unit
DG
Vertical Bend, 30° DB

30°
R400: 0.37m 1-way (0.74m 2-way) DA
R1000: 0.68m 1-way (1.36m 2-way)
A 70 -- Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm SD
R
B
TL
IM
V20.0 87 MM
MODU MM3 Series - Vertical Bend

45°
R400: 0.47m 1-way (0.94m 2-way)
R1000: 0.95m 1-way (1.90m 2-way)
A
R
70 -- Connecting strip and set screw included.
B MM3 BV 45R400 1.7 kg 1 unit

R1000 : A = 350mm ; B = 844 mm
80
Vertical Bend, 90°

90°
R400: 0.63m 1-way (1.26m 2-way)
R R1000: 1.73m 1-way (3.46m 2-way)
MM3 BV 90R1000 5.0 kg 1 unit
70
R400 : B = 480 mm
R1000 : B = 1180 mm

88 V20.0
MODU MM3 Series - Components AP
Chain Installation Section MM3 TR

Type A
70 500 70
MP
10 60 10
MS3
74 MM3
MM3P
85
Item Code Weight Supply ML2

MM3 LU 500 1.9 kg 1 unit
ML2P
Type B MX2
114 70 160 70
97 MT2
85
MR2
74
MF2
MG
MM3 CIS 160 1.3 kg 1 unit MB
MA
Diagonal Beam MM3 Wrap Beam MM3
DS3
689 689
684 684
DM3
701 701
70 70
DL2
210
210
DX2
70 70
DT2
249
249
DR2
-- A combination drive and idler unit used for -- Wrap drive is used for smooth power transfer on
DF2
smooth transfering of unstable products between top runing chain conveyors. An excellent product for
conveyors. multi drive alpinesystem
DG
-- All available standard drives fit this unit. -- All available standard drives fit this unit.
-- Please indicate the drive unit type when placing an -- Please indicate the drive unit type when placing an
DB
order. order.
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply DA
MM3 DXD 14.8 kg 1 unit MM3 DXW 16.2 kg 1 unit
SD
SE
Product travel direction Product travel direction
TL
IM
V20.0 89 MM
MODU MM3 Series - Gripper System
Gripper System MM3
Gripper S-Flow type (Configuration)
s-flow Gripper
Gripper type AU
Gripper
Adjustment
Wheel
Gear Adjustment
type “l-R”
Gear Adjustment
type “l-l”
Position Counter
Gear Adjustment
type “t”
90 V20.0
MODU MM3 Series - Gripper System AP
Gripper Drive Unit TR
321 MP
80 247 85
MS3
150
MM3
-- Effective track length: 0.82m MM3P

-- Connecting strip and set screw included. ML2
ML2P
MM3 DG R/L S/M 5.4 kg 1 unit
MX2
Gripper Idler End MT2

93
70 416 42 MR2
38 MF2
168
131
93 MG
-- Effective track length: 0.82 m MB

MA
DS3
MM3 DG R/L S/M 5.4 kg 1 unit
DM3
DL2
Gripper Adjustment Unit
120
DX2
DT2
220 / 270 DR2
DF2
L = 550 / 960 DG
Product Size DB
Width Height
MA AU2 550x220 50-300 mm 90-200 mm 9.0 kg 1 unit DA
MA AU2 550x270 50-300 mm 90-300 mm 9.5 kg 1 unit
SD
MA AU2 960x270 100-700 mm 90-300 mm 13.5 kg 1 unit SE
**improved
- Lighter, more rigid and easier to rotate. TL
IM
V20.0 91 MM
MODU MM3 Series - Gripper System
Gripper Adjustment Unit with Gear

120
H = 220 / 270
76
76
62
102 L = 550 / 960
Product Size
Width Height
**improved
- Lighter, more rigid and easier to rotate.
Gears for Adjustment Unit
28 85 25 80
‘T’
80
25
-- Clockwise + Clockwise + Counter Clockwise
Gear 25 Item Code Weight Supply
indicator Ø12
16 4 MA BG T 1.09 kg 1 unit
85 28 80
‘L - R’
80 -- Clockwise + Counter Clockwise
25
Gear 25
indicator Ø12 MA BG L-R 0.94 kg 1 unit
16 4
28 85 80
‘L - L’
80 -- Clockwise + Clockwise
25
Gear 25 Item Code Weight Supply
indicator Ø12
16 4 MA BG L-L 0.94 kg 1 unit
92 V20.0
MODU MM3 Series - Gripper System AP
Gear Bracket Holder TR
80 199 MP
MS3
76
4
56
Ø9
MM3
MM3P
MA BG BR 1.69 kg 1 unit
ML2
Connecting Rod for Gear Unit ML2P

21
MX2
25 MT2
17
MR2
MF2
MA BG 3x25 0.86 kg 3m
MG
Counter Support Plate MB
56 MA
Ø6.5
DS3
124 Ø27 106
76
2 DM3
40
Notes : DL2
Item Code Weight Supply -- Suitable for SDP-10HL-2B STS-25
-- Part Supply without counter. DX2
MA BG C-BR 0.70 kg 1 unit
DT2
Gripper Adjustment Wheel
DR2
A
4 0 DF2
10
Ø
22
5
DG
8.5
DB
17
DA
12
Ø SD
A
SECTION A-A SE
MA BG 3x25 0.86 kg 3m TL
IM
V20.0 93 MM
AP
TR
MODU MM3 PALLET MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
Contents
MM3 Pallet ��97 SD
Pallet Stop Devices��100
Divert Modules��101 SE
Merge Modules��102
Combined Modules��103 TL
Pallet Locating Station��104
Guide Rail Accessories��105 IM
V20.0 95 MM
MODU MM3 Pallet Series

MODU’s MM3 pallet system is a complete A combination of a highway and one or more satellites
system for handling products on pallets is often called a cell. Using divert/merge modules, it is
(product carriers). An automated system is built possible to build cell junctions which facilitate transfer of a
on configurable standard modules. pallet from one cell to another. See figure.

for routing, balancing, buffering and positioning
of pallets. RFID identification in the pallets
Satellite

products.
Cell Junction
96 V20.0
MODU MM3 Pallet Series - Pallet Details AP
MM3 Pallet TR
Pallet Assortment MP
MODU MM3 pallet system includes pallets that can be adapted to MS3
specific requirements such as
MM3
-- Low friction
-- High precision locating MM3P
-- Fast indexing
-- Fast pallet exchange ML2
-- Low cost ML2P
A pallet consists of a pallet plate riding on two guide discs. The MX2
pallet plate is aluminium and machined. For normal environments
each guide disc is equipped with a plastic slide plate. MT2
MR2
RFID
- The pallet plate is equipped with a bracket for an IFM RFID tag. MF2
- IFM read on the fly at speeds up to 30m/min.
MG
Threaded Type M5x16.5mm
MB
Operating Frequency 125 kHz RFID Tag
Memory (BIT) 224 MA

Read/Write Head:
The read/write heads exchange data with the passive RFID tags at a maximum distance of 20mm. DS3
The read/write head has an M12 connector. The M12 cable is connected to an M12. The M12 cable is
connected to an M12 ASi socket. Up to 31 read/write heads can be connected to one ASi system. DM3
DL2
Technical Characteristics DX2
Four Pallet sizes are available: DT2

-- 160 mm x 100 mm (139 mm) x 52 mm
-- 160 mm x 130 mm (163 mm) x 52 mm DR2
-- 160 mm x 175 mm (213 mm) x 52 mm
-- 160 mm x 225 mm (263 mm) x 52 mm DF2
DG
30 -- Maximum load on the pallet is 10kg.
-- The maximum permissible load on one pallet is 10 kg (including fixture). The DB
centre of gravity must be located inside a 30 mm x 80 mm rectangle on the
pallet. See figure. DA
SD
80
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 97 MM
MODU MM3 Pallet Series - Pallet Details
Pallet Extra Small
142
c 0.2 65
2x Ø12 H7 2x Ø5 F7
j 0.05 A B j 0.05 A B
B
50
21
MS2
A 4x TAP M5
139 160
100 150
- Fully assembled unit, including two guide disc

MM3P - PL L/160X100 0.77 kg 1 unit
Pallet Small
142
65
c 0.2
2x Ø12 H7 2x Ø5 F7
j 0.05 A B j 0.05 A B
B
50
21
4x TAP M5
A
163 160
130 150

MM3P - PL L/160X130 0.85 kg 1 unit
98 V20.0
MODU MM3 Pallet Series - Pallet Details AP
Pallet Medium TR
142
MP
65
c 0.2 MS3
2x Ø12 H7 2x Ø5 F7
j 0.05 A B j 0.05 A B
MM3
B
70
21 MM3P
ML2
4x TAP M5
ML2P
A
MX2
213 160
175 150 MT2
MR2
MF2
Item Code Weight Supply MG

MM3P - PL L/160X175 1.0 kg 1 unit
MB
MA
Pallet Large
142
DS3
65
c 0.2 DM3
2x Ø12 H7 2x Ø5 F7 DL2
j 0.05 A B j 0.05 A B
DX2
B
70
21 DT2
DR2
4x TAP M5
DF2
A
DG
263 160
DB
225 150
DA
52
SD
SE
TL
MM3P - PL L/160X225 1.2 kg 1 unit
IM
V20.0 99 MM
MODU MM3 Pallet Series - Pallet Stop Devices
Pallet Stop Devices

Pneumatic pallet stoppers are used to stop pallets at selected position along the line. The stopper is mounted on
the right side of the conveyor.
Type 1 Type 2
Travel Directions
Travel Directions
115
166 147
Front guide disc 47
Rear guide disc

Working Conditions
Working Conditions
80
75
88
-- Pneumatic stop device, Single-actuated -- Pneumatic stop device, Single-actuated

-- Structure: anodized aluminium. -- Structure: anodized aluminium.
-- Cover: stainless steel. -- Included ø 6 pipe connection and necessary
-- Included ø 6 pipe connection and necessary mounting hardware.
mounting hardware. -- Connection: 1/8, Stroke: 15 mm
-- Connection: M5, Stroke: 15 mm
Load Load
Kg Kg
40 40
30 30
20 20
10 10
5 10 15 20 25 5 10 15 20 25
Speed m/min Speed m/min
The diagram shows the maximum permissible The diagram shows the maximum permissible
weight of a group of pallets (product weight+pallet weight of a group of pallets (product weight+pallet
weight) comparison with the conveyor speed. weight) comparison with the conveyor speed.

MM3P - ST - F 1.4 kg 1 unit MM3P - ST - R 1.1 kg 1 unit
100 V20.0
MODU MM3 Pallet Series - DIVERT & MERGE Modules AP
Divert & Merge Modules TR
Divert and merge devices are used for routing products by dividing or combining flows of products. MP
Item Code Guidelines MS3
L - Left Position
R- Right Position
MM3
D: Divert Module Degree Types
M: Merge Module 45° or 90°
CM: Combined Module MM3P
MM3P D/M/CM L/R 45/90
ML2
Divert Modules ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
Divert Module 45° Divert Module 90°
MA
330 525
DS3
DM3
DL2
800 800
641 DX2
490
330 330 DT2
DR2
-- Type L (divert to Left) -- Type L (divert to Left)
Effective track length: 1.30 m 1-way (2.60 m 2-way) Effective track length: 1.40 m 1-way (2.80 m 2-way) DF2
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply DG

MM3P - D - L/R - 45 8.2 kg 1 unit MM3P - D - L/R - 90 8.4 kg 1 unit
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 101 MM
MODU MM3 Pallet Series - DIVERT & MERGE Modules
Merge Modules
Merge Module 45° Divert Module 90°
330 330
490
641
800 800
330 525
- Type R (merge to Right) - Type R (merge to Right)

Effective track length: 1.30 m 1-way (2.60 m 2-way) Effective track length: 1.40 m 1-way (2.80 m 2-way)

MM3P - M - L/R - 45 7.6 kg 1 unit MM3P - M - L/R - 90 8.2 kg 1 unit
102 V20.0
MODU MM3 Pallet Series - DIVERT & MERGE Modules AP
Combined Modules TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
Divert & Merge Module 45° Divert & Merge Module 90° MX2
MT2
330 525
MR2
MF2
MG
800 800
711 MB
560
400 400 MA
DS3
DM3
- Type L (divert to Left) - Type L (divert to Left)
Effective track length: 1.70 m 1-way (3.40 m 2-way) Effective track length: 2.00 m 1-way (4.00 m 2-way) DL2
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply DX2

MM3P - CM - L/R - 45 8.8 kg 1 unit MM3P - CM - L/R - 90 9.0 kg 1 unit
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 103 MM
MODU MM3 Pallet Series - Pallet Locating Station
Pallet Locating Station
Locating station is component for positioning pallets in preparation

for operations such as assembly, machining or testing. The locating
stations are delivered complete with conveyor beam, guide rails and
guide rail brackets and stoppers, for installation into a conveyor line.
Principles of operation
The pallet is lifted 1mm by means of two locating pins up against a hold-
down guide on each side of the station. All actuating movements are
made by means of pneumatic cylinders.
152
96 Located pallet
95 Pallet on chain
119
350
254
101
120
700
-- Structure : Aluminum
-- Locating accuracy: ±0.1 mm.
-- Maximum vertical load (including pallet and product) in located position is 400N.

MM3P - LS/160x100 13.0 kg 1 unit
MM3P - LS/160x130 13.0 kg 1 unit
MM3P - LS/160x175 13.0 kg 1 unit
MM3P - LS/160x225 13.0 kg 1 unit
104 V20.0
MODU MM3 Pallet Series - Accessories AP
Guide Rail Accessories TR
18
Guide Rail - Straight MP
14 Item Code Weight Supply MS3

ML2P RR 3S 1.08 kg 3m
MM3
Guide Rail - Curve MM3P

18

14 ML2P RR 3C 1.3 kg 3m
ML2P
MX2
M6 Guide Rail - Connector
13 MT2
ML2P CS 13X80 0.4 kg 10 pcs/pkt MR2
5
80 MF2
MG
Guide Rail Connector 45° MB

M6
Item Code Weight Supply MA
45° 13
ML2P CS 45 0.35 kg 10 pcs/pkt
DS3
5
DM3
67
DL2
DX2
M6
Guide Rail Connector 90°
90° DT2
13 ML2P CS 90 0.32 kg 10 pcs/pkt DR2
DF2
5
40 DG
DB
Guide Rail Bracket DA

81 65
Item Code Weight Supply SD
ML2P BS 30 0.05 kg 1 pc
SE
∅8.5 TL
30
IM
V20.0 105 MM
AP
TR
MODU ML2 MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2

Chain Width 140 mm
MG
Max Product Weight*
DM3
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Chain Width 140mm
DA
Contents Horizontal Wheel Bend ML2...............117

SD
Chain ML2......................................... 108 Horizontal Plain Bend ML2.................118
Chain Top Replacement ML2.............110 Vertical Bend ML2..............................119
Chain Accessories ML2......................110 Chain Installation Section ML2.......... 121 SE
Drive Units ML2..................................111 Diagonal Beam ML2.......................... 121
Idler End ML2.....................................115 TL
Conveyor Beam ML2..........................116
Accessories ML2................................116 IM
V20.0 107 MM
MODU ML2 Series - Chain
Chain ML2
Plain Chain
140 5

ML2 CP 5 POM White 13.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
ML2 CP 5A Anti-Static Black 13.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
ML2 CP 5K Kevlar Yellow 15.6 kg/roll 5m/roll
Friction Chain
140 5
6

ML2 CF 5 POM White 15.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
ML2 CF 5A Anti-Static Black 15.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
ML2 CF 5K Kevlar Yellow 17.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
140 5 37 Roller Cleated Chain

-- Required for vertical or steeply inclined
/declined conveyor.
D25
and Catenary Drive.
*p
Please specify pitch between cleat for ordering Item Code Material Color Weight Supply
(eg. ML2 CC 3x15P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated).
ML2 CR 3X15P *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll
140 5
Flocked Chain
only.
ML2 CL 5 POM White 12.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
108 V20.0
MODU ML2 Series - Chain AP
TR
Silicone Pad Friction Chain
5
140 8 -- High friction for incline of cylindral MP
product up to 40˚
-- Not suitable to use with Combined
Drive MM3

MM3P
ML2 CF 3SG POM White 16.0 kg/roll 3m/roll

ML2
ML2 CF 3SGA Anti-Static Black 16.0 kg/roll 3m/roll
ML2 CF 3SGK Kevlar Yellow 17.0 kg/roll 3m/roll ML2P
MX2
Safety Chain MT2

140 7
with incline/decline up to 5˚. MR2
MF2
MG
ML2 CP 5S POM White 12.4 kg/roll 5m/roll MB
MA
DS3
Safety Friction Chain
DM3
140 7 -- Suitable for conveyor configuration
2
with incline/decline up to 25˚. DL2
-- Accumulation not possible DX2
-- PP chain material working tension
is less than POM, please refer to DT2
technical reference
DR2
DF2
ML2 CP 5FS PP White 12.4 kg/roll 5m/roll
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 109 MM
MODU ML2 Series - Chain
Chain Top120Replacement ML2

6
28 Friction Pad
120 6
28

ML2 FP TPE Grey 0.01 kg 10 pcs/pkt
Silicone Pad Gripper

120 8
28
120 8
28
ML2 SG S-45 Silicone Grey 0.5 kg 10 pcs/pkt
Chain Accessories ML2

400ml

MA SL 0.35 kg/can 1 can ML2 PN M4x73 0.07 kg 10 pcs / pkt

ML2 PV 0.07 kg 10 pcs / pkt & specific drive pin
ML2 AC Chain Attachment 0.3 kg 1 pc
110 V20.0
MODU ML2 Series - Drive Units AP
Drive Units ML2 TR

S20 = WA20 M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040 MP
T: Combined Drive
MM3P
NIL = Basic Unit
S: Suspended Drive ML2 DD L S20 TR C ML2
ML2 DD R S47 => Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
MT2
Front Drive Unit
Basic Front Drive MR2
73 419 91 145
With Driven Roller MF2
83
44
171
MG
368
MB
MA
410 DS3
73 419 95 24 145 24
DM3
44 83
171 DL2
Basic unit
368 DX2
With Free Roller
**Comes without safety cover DT2
410 DR2
73 419 153 57 145 17 DF2
83 -- Traction force: 1200N
44 153 DG
Note: DB
368
-- Recommended maximum chain elongation is DA
SD
410 Item Code Description Weight Supply
ML2 DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 6.3 kg 1 unit SE

than conveyor speed. ML2 DD R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 6.8 kg 1 unit
TL
ML2 DD R/L S/M DR With driven roller 8.3 kg 1 unit
IM
V20.0 111 MM
MODU ML2 Series - Drive Units
Combined Drive Unit
With Driven Roller
Basic unit

With Free Roller
72 419 511 70 145
44
170 171
368
410

72 419 511 70 145
44
170 171
368
410
72 419 511 70 57 145 17
44 153
170
Driven Roller
368 speed is
approximately
10% higher than
conveyor speed.
410
ML2 DT R/L S/M Basic drive unit 12.0 kg 1 unit Note:
ML2 DT R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 12.0 kg 1 unit -- Safety Cover comes as an option.
ML2 DT R/L S/M DR With driven roller 13.8 kg 1 unit 328mm from top conveyor to chain slack.
112 V20.0
MODU ML2 Series - Drive Units AP
Intermediate Drive Unit TR
70 419 264 70 145 MP
MS3
128
300 MM3
MM3P
ML2
-- Traction force: 300N ML2P
MX2
Item Code Weight Supply MT2

ML2 DI R/L S/M 14.0 kg 1 unit
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
73 509 145
MA
83
44 DS3
309 DM3
DL2
DX2
91 241
DT2
-- Traction force: 1200N DR2
DF2
DG
MM3 DS R/L S/M Without clutch 14.5 kg 1 unit
MM3 DS R//L S/M C With clutch 15.5 kg 1 unit DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 113 MM
MODU ML2 Series - Drive Units
Standard Safety Cover
410
-- Material : Stainless Steel

268 -- Suitable to be used with front drive unit
and combined drive unit

SC2 268 1.8 kg 2 pcs/set
Direct Drive Unit

332 55 202
55
157

ML2 DD TR 0.86 kg 1 unit
Combined Drive Unit
120 41
145

ML2 DT TR 0.42 kg 1 unit
114 V20.0
MODU ML2 Series - Idler End AP
Idler End ML2 TR
Basic Combined Drive MP

MS2

MS3
171 MM3
MM3P
ML2
Combined Drive with Free Roller ML2P

70 416 24 145 24
MX2
Basic unit
171 With Free Roller MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
70 474 57 145 17
MB
MA
153
Driven Roller speed is approximately DS3
DM3
-- Effective track length: 1.02m DL2

DX2
DT2
ML2 IE 400 Basic idler unit 4.1 kg 1 unit
ML2 IE 400 TR With transfer roller 4.4 kg 1 unit DR2

ML2 IE 400 DR With driven roller 5.9 kg 1 unit
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 115 MM
MODU ML2 Series - Beam and Accessories
Conveyor Beam ML2
145
75 11

ML2 CB 3 12.9 kg 3m / beam
Accessories ML2
Slide Rail
22 MA2 SR 25 HDPE Pure White 2.8 kg 25m/roll
9 MA2 SR 25A Anti-Static Grey 2.8 kg 25m/roll
Connecting Strip
140 5
25
T-Slot Cover
Screw Slide Rail Mounting Tool

MA RS 6.5 0.02 kg 50 pcs/pkt ML2 SRA 0.4 kg 1 pc
116 V20.0
MODU ML2 Series - Horizontal Wheel Bend AP
Horizontal Wheel Bend ML2 TR

70 195
Wheel Bend, 30° MP
70 0.6m 1-way (1.2m 2-way) MS3
203
Tolerance: ± 2°
-- Connecting strip and set screw included. MM3
MM3P
Ø353 ML2 BW 30R200 6.8 kg 1 unit
ML2
70 195
Wheel Bend, 45° ML2P
203 195
0.66m 1-way (1.32m 2-way) MX2
Tolerance: ± 2°
70
-- Connecting strip and set screw included. MT2
Item Code Weight Supply MR2

Ø353
ML2 BW 45R200 6.9 kg 1 unit
MF2
70 195
Wheel Bend, 60° MG
0.71m 1-way (1.42m 2-way) MB
195 -- Connecting strip and set screw included. MA
70 Item Code Weight Supply DS3

Ø353 ML2 BW 60R200 7.0 kg 1 unit
DM3
70 195
Wheel Bend, 90° DL2
203 0.81m 1-way (1.62m 2-way) DX2
-- Connecting strip and set screw included. DT2

Ø353 195
ML2 BW 90R200 7.2 kg 1 unit
DF2
70
DG
70 195
Wheel Bend, 180° DB

203 DA
1.13m 1-way (2.26m 2-way)
SD
Ø353

ML2 BW 180R200 8.2 kg 1 unit
TL
70 195
IM
V20.0 117 MM
MODU ML2 Series - Horizontal Plain Bend
Horizontal Plain Bend ML2 Type A (SA) Type B (SB)


70 80
30°
145 80
ML2 BP 30R500 500 mm 2.8 kg 1 unit
R
Effective track length: ML2 BP 30R700 700 mm 3.3 kg 1 unit
R500: 0.66m 1-way (1.32m 2-way)
R700: 0.77m 1-way (1.54m 2-way) ML2 BP 30R1000 1000 mm 3.6 kg 1 unit
R1000: 0.92m 1-way (1.84m 2-way). Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm
70 80
45°
145 Item Code Radius (R) Weight Supply
ML2 BP 45R500 500 mm 3.4 kg 1 unit
80
ML2 BP 45R700 700 mm 4.1 kg 1 unit
R
R500: 0.79m 1-way (1.58m 2-way) ML2 BP 45R1000 1000 mm 5.1 kg 1 unit
R700: 0.95m 1-way (1.90m 2-way)
R1000: 1.12m 1-way (2.40m 2-way)
70 80
60°
ML2 BP 60R500 500 mm 3.9 kg 1 unit
ML2 BP 60R700 700 mm 4.1 kg 1 unit
R ML2 BP 60R1000 1000 mm 6.2 kg 1 unit
Effective track length: 80
R500: 0.92m 1-way (1.84m 2-way)
R700: 1.13m 1-way (2.26m 2-way)
R1000: 1.45m 1-way (2.90m 2-way)
70 80
90° ML2 BP 90R500 500 mm 5.1 kg 1 unit
ML2 BP 90R700 700 mm 6.4 kg 1 unit
ML2 BP 90R1000 1000 mm 8.4 kg 1 unit
R
Effective track length: Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm
R500: 1.19m 1-way (2.38m 2-way) - Connecting strip and set screw included.
R700: 1.50m 1-way (3.00m 2-way)
R1000: 1.97m 1-way (3.94m 2-way) When ordering plain bends with inner slide rail, please
specify the type using the following part number as an
example.
80 Type A - ML2 BP 30R500 SA
Type B - ML2 BP 90R500 SB
118 V20.0
MODU ML2 Series - Vertical Bend AP
Vertical Bend ML2 TR
70
R1000: 0.25m 1-way (0.5m 2-way) MS3
11
R1000 -- Connecting strip and set screw included. MM3
247
MM3P
ML2 BV 5R1000 1.6 kg 1 unit
ML2
Vertical Bend, 7°
ML2P
70
R1000: 0.28m 1-way (0.56m 2-way)
MX2
17
281 MT2
ML2 BV 7R1000 1.8 kg 1 unit MR2
MF2
Vertical Bend, 15°
80 15° MG
70
55 R1000: 0.42m 1-way (0.84m 2-way) MB
R1000 -- Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm
ML2 BV 15R1000 2.4 kg 1 unit DS3
DM3
Vertical Bend, 25°
80 DL2
25° Effective track length:
R1000: 0.60m 1-way (1.20m 2-way) DX2
128
70
R1000 -- Connecting strip and set screw included. DT2
575
ML2 BV 15R1000 3.2 kg 1 unit
DR2
DF2
DG
Vertical Bend, 30°
80 Effective track length: DB
30°
R1000: 0.68m 1-way (1.36m 2-way)
-- Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm DA
R1000
70
Item Code Weight Supply SD
ML2 BV 30R1000 3.5 kg 1 unit
649 SE
TL
IM
V20.0 119 MM
MODU ML2 Series - Vertical Bend
80
Vertical Bend, 45°
45°

R1000: 0.95m 1-way (1.90m 2-way)
350 R1000
70
844

ML2 BV 45R1000 4.5 kg 1 unit
80
Vertical Bend, 90°

90° R1000: 1.73m 1-way (3.46m 2-way)
R1000
70
1080

ML2 BV 90R1000 7.9 kg 1 unit

120 V20.0
MODU ML2 Series - Components AP
Chain Installation Section ML2 TR
Type A MP
145 70 500 70
16 82 16 MS3
MM3
75
MM3P
-- Connecting strip and set screw included. ML2
Item Code Weight Supply ML2P

ML2 LU 500 2.2 kg 1 unit
MX2
Type B MT2
174 70 300 70
157 MR2
145
MF2
79
MG
MB

ML2 CIS 300 2.0 kg 1 unit
DS3
DM3
DL2
Diagonal Beam ML2
1031
DX2
1024
DT2
1042 -- A combination drive and DR2

idler unit used for smooth
70 transfering of unstable DF2
340
products between conveyors.

-- All available standard drives fit DG
this unit.
70 -- Please indicate the drive unit DB
type when placing an order.
390
DA
SD
Product travel direction
SE
ML2 DXD 26.3 kg 1 unit TL
IM
V20.0 121 MM
AP
TR
MODU ML2 PALLET MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
Contents SD
ML2 Pallet ��125
Pallet Stop Devices��128
SE
Divert Modules��129
Merge Modules��130
Combined Modules��131 TL
Pallet Locating Station��132
Guide Rail Accessories��134 IM
V20.0 123 MM
MODU ML2 Pallet Series

MODU’s ML2 pallet system is a complete A combination of a highway and one or more satellites
system for handling products on pallets is often called a cell. Using divert/merge modules, it is
(product carriers). An automated system is built possible to build cell junctions which facilitate transfer of a
on configurable standard modules. pallet from one cell to another. See figure.

for routing, balancing, buffering and positioning
of pallets. RFID identification in the pallets
Satellite

products.
Cell Junction
124 V20.0
MODU ML2 Pallet Series - Pallet Details AP
ML2 Pallet TR
Pallet Assortment MP
MODU ML2 pallet system includes pallets that can be adapted to MS3
specific requirements such as
MM3
-- Low friction
-- High precision locating MM3P
-- Fast indexing
-- Fast pallet exchange ML2
-- Low cost ML2P
A pallet consists of a pallet plate riding on two guide discs. The MX2
pallet plate is aluminium and machined. For normal environments
each guide disc is equipped with a plastic slide plate. MT2
MR2
RFID
- The pallet plate is equipped with a bracket for an IFM RFID tag. MF2
- IFM read on the fly at speeds up to 30m/min.
MG
Threaded Type M5x16.5mm
MB
Operating Frequency 125 kHz RFID Tag
Memory (BIT) 224 MA

Read/Write Head:
The read/write heads exchange data with the passive RFID tags at a maximum distance of 20mm. DS3
The read/write head has an M12 connector. The M12 cable is connected to an M12. The M12 cable is
connected to an M12 ASi socket. Up to 31 read/write heads can be connected to one ASi system. DM3
DL2
Technical Characteristics DX2
Three Pallet sizes are available: DT2

-- 215 mm x 150mm x 53mm (LxWxH)
-- 256 mm x 204mm x 53mm (LxWxH) DR2
-- 306 mm x 272mm x 53mm (LxWxH)
DF2
40
20
DG
-- Maximum Load on pallet is 30kg (Including pallet and fixture).
DB
Pallet Loading
70 The centre of gravity of the product on the pallet (including fixture) must be
located inside a 40 mm x 140 mm rectangle on the pallet. See figure. DA
70
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 125 MM
MODU ML2 Pallet Series - Pallet Details
Pallet Small
4xM6 H7
j n 0.1 A B 53
15
80 62 150 222
MS2
100
140
180
215

ML2P-PL S/215 X 150 3.0 kg 1 unit
Pallet Medium
4xM6 H7
j n 0.1 A B 53
15
∅6
112 80 204 272
100
140
180
256

ML2P-PL M/256 X 204 3.5 kg 1 unit
126 V20.0
MODU ML2 Pallet Series - Pallet Details AP
Pallet Large TR
MP
4xM6 H7
53
j n 0.1 A B 15 MS3
MM3
∅6
MM3P
ML2
187 122 100 272 347
ML2P
MX2
MT2
100
140 MR2
180
306
MF2
MG
Item Code Weight Supply MB

ML2P-PL L/306 X 272 4.0 kg 1 unit
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 127 MM
MODU ML2 Pallet Series - Pallet Stop Devices
Pallet Stop Devices

Pneumatic pallet stoppers are used to stop pallets at selected position along the line. The stopper is mounted on
the right side of the conveyor.
Type 1 Type 2
Travel Directions
Travel Directions
111 155 176
155 111
121
Working Conditions 121

Working Conditions
87 97
69 97 87
25 69
25
-- Pneumatic stop device, Double-actuated -- Pneumatic stop device, Double-actuated

-- Structure: anodized aluminium. -- Structure: anodized aluminium.
-- Cover: stainless steel. -- Cover: stainless steel.
-- Included ø 6 pipe connection and necessary -- Included ø 6 pipe connection and necessary
mounting hardware. mounting hardware.
-- Connection: M5, Stroke: 20 mm -- Connection: M5, Stroke: 20 mm
The diagram shows the maximum permissible The diagram shows the maximum permissible
weight of a group of pallets (product weight+pallet weight of a group of pallets (product weight+pallet
weight) comparison with the conveyor speed. weight) comparison with the conveyor speed.

ML2P - ST - F 1.8 kg 1 unit ML2P - ST - R 1.4 kg 1 unit
128 V20.0
MODU ML2 Pallet Series - DIVERT & MERGE Modules AP
Divert & Merge Modules TR
Divert and merge devices are used for routing products by dividing or combining flows of products. MP
Item Code Guidelines MS3
L - Left Position
R- Right Position
MM3
D: Divert Module Degree Types
M: Merge Module 45° or 90°
CM: Combined Module MM3P
ML2P D/M/CM L/R 45/90
ML2
Divert Modules ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
Divert Module 45° Divert Module 90°
MA
385 603
DS3
DM3
DL2
800 800
579 DX2
459
255 255 DT2
DR2
-- Type L (divert to Left) -- Type L (divert to Left)
Effective track length: 1.50 m 1-way (3.00 m 2-way) Effective track length: 1.70 m 1-way (3.40 m 2-way) DF2

ML2P - D - L/R - 45 15.9 kg 1 unit ML2P - D - L/R - 90 19.2 kg 1 unit
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 129 MM
MODU ML2 Pallet Series - DIVERT & MERGE Modules
Merge Modules
Merge Module 45° Divert Module 90°
255
458
579
800 800
385 603
- Type R (merge to Right) - Type R (merge to Right)

Effective track length: 1.50 m 1-way (3.00 m 2-way) Effective track length: 1.70 m 1-way (3.40 m 2-way)

ML2P - M - L/R - 45 13.0kg 1 unit ML2P - M - L/R - 90 15.0 kg 1 unit
130 V20.0
MODU ML2 Pallet Series - DIVERT & MERGE Modules AP
Combined Modules TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
Divert & Merge Module 45° Divert & Merge Module 90°
MT2
385 603
MR2
MF2
MG
800 800
724 MB
604
400
401 MA
DS3
DM3
- Type L (divert to Left) - Type L (divert to Left)
Effective track length: 1.60 m 1-way (3.20 m 2-way) Effective track length: 2.00 m 1-way (4.00 m 2-way) DL2

ML2P - CM - L/R - 45 16.5 kg 1 unit ML2P - CM - L/R - 90 19.0 kg 1 unit
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 131 MM
MODU ML2 Pallet Series - Pallet Locating Station
Pallet Locating Station
Locating station is component for positioning pallets in preparation for operations such as assembly, machining or
testing. The locating stations are delivered complete with conveyor beam, guide rails and guide rail brackets and
stoppers, for installation into a conveyor line.
Principles of operation
The pallet is lifted 1mm by means of two locating pins up against a hold-down guide on each side of the station. All
actuating movements are made by means of pneumatic cylinders.
Type 1 - L1
L1 168
141
(A)183
199
(B)170 SECTION A-A
268 128
0.6 Mpa
168
Not Included
-- Frame : Stainless Steel and Aluminum

-- Maximum vertical force per ruler at 0.6 Mpa : 500N including pallet weight.
-- The locating station should be installed on a separate support which is not rigidly connected to the
conveyor beam.
Item Code L Weight Supply

ML2P - LS - L1 150 mm 2.6 kg 1 unit
132 V20.0
MODU ML2 Pallet Series - Pallet Locating Station AP
Type 2 - L2 TR
MP
L2 168 MS3
MM3
141
MM3P
ML2
(A)183
199 ML2P
MX2
(B)170
268 126
SECTION A-A MT2
169
-- Frame : Stainless Steel and Aluminum 0.6 Mpa MR2
-- Maximum vertical force per ruler at 0.6 Mpa : 500N including pallet weight. MF2
Not Included
-- The locating station should be installed on a separate support which is not rigidly
connected to the conveyor beam. MG
MB
MA
Type 3 - L3
DS3
DM3
L3 168 DL2
DX2
DT2
141
DR2
(A)183 DF2
199
DG
(B)170 DB
SECTION A-A
268 126
-- Frame : Stainless Steel and Aluminum 169 DA
0.6 Mpa
-- Maximum vertical force per ruler at 0.6 Mpa : 500N including pallet weight. SD
-- The locating station should be installed on a separate support which is not rigidly Not Included
connected to the conveyor beam. SE

TL
IM
V20.0 133 MM
MODU ML2 Pallet Series - Accessories
Guide Rail Accessories

18
Guide Rail - Straight

ML2P RR 3S 1.08 kg 3m
Guide Rail - Curve

18

14 ML2P RR 3C 1.3 kg 3m
M6 Guide Rail - Connector

13
ML2P CS 13X80 0.4 kg 10 pcs/pkt
5
80

M6
45° 13
ML2P CS 45 0.35 kg 10 pcs/pkt
5
67
M6
90°
13 ML2P CS 90 0.32 kg 10 pcs/pkt
5
40
Guide Rail Bracket

81 65
ML2P BS 30 0.05 kg 1 pc
∅8.5
30
134 V20.0
AP
TR
MODU MX2 MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2

Chain Width 220 mm
MG
With Bend 1000 N
Without Bend 1200 N MB
Max Product Weight*
DM3
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Chain Width 220mm
DA
Contents Vertical Bend MX2............................. 144

SD
Chain MX2......................................... 136 Chain Installation Section MX2......... 146
Chain Accessories MX2.................... 137
Drive Units MX2................................ 138 SE
Idler End MX2.................................... 141
Conveyor Beam MX2........................ 142 TL
Accessories MX2............................... 142
Horizontal Plain Bend MX2............... 143 IM
V20.0 135 MM
MODU MX2 Series - Chain
Chain MX2
220 7
Plain Chain
-- Suitable for conveyor configuration with incline/
decline up to 5˚.

MX2 CP 5 POM White 17.2 kg/roll 5m/roll
220 7 Friction Chain

2
decline up to 25˚.

MX2 CF 5 POM White 18.2 kg/roll 5m/roll
220 7 30 Cleated Chain - PE Cleated (Machine)

-- Required for vertical or steeply inclined /declined
conveyor.
-- Not suitable to be use with Combined Drive.
*p
Please specify pitch between cleat for ordering
(eg. MX2 CC 3x15P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated).

MX2 CC 3X15P *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll
220 7 14
Roller Top Chain
-- Low back force.

MX2 RT 3 POM White 22.0 kg/roll 3m/roll
136 V20.0
MODU MX2 Series - Chain AP
220 7 45 TR
Roller Cleated Chain MP

declined conveyor. MS3
Ø30
-- Not suitable to be use with Combined MM3
*p Drive.
(eg. MX2 CR 3x15P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated). MM3P
ML2
MX2 CR 3X15P *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
Chain Accessories MX2 MF2
Stainless Steel Pin MG

Lubricant For Chain
MB
MA
400ml DS3
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply DM3

DL2
DX2
DR2
DF2
DG
Chain pin insertion tool Chain attachment & DB

ML2 PV 0.07 kg 10 pcs / pkt & specific drive pin DA
SD
MX2 AC Chain Attachment 0.3 kg 1 pc SE
TL
IM
V20.0 137 MM
MODU MX2 Series - Drive Units
Drive Units MX2

S20 = WA20 M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040
S30 = WA 30 M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
Motor Orientation
TR = Free Roller
S: Suspended Drive MX2 DD L S20 TR C
MX2 DD R S47 => Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
Front Drive Unit

Basic Front Drive
72 419 91 225
44 171
368
410

72 419 95 24 225 24
83 Basic unit
44 171
With Free Roller

368
410

72 419 153 57 225 17
83
44 153 -- Traction force: 1300N
368 Note:
410
than conveyor speed. MX2 DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 8.5 kg 1 unit
MX2 DD R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 8.8 kg 1 unit
MX2 DD R/L S/M DR With driven roller 10.3 kg 1 unit
138 V20.0
MODU MX2 Series - Drive Units AP

With Driven Roller
MP
MS3
MM3
With Free Roller
MM3P
Basic unit
ML2
**Comes without safety cover ML2P

72 419 511 70 225
MT2
83
44
170 171
MR2
368
MF2
MG
410 MB

72 419 511 70 225
83 DS3
44
170 171
DM3
368
DL2
DX2
410
DT2
72 419 511 70 57 225 17 DR2
83
44
170 153 DF2
Driven Roller
368 speed is DG
approximately
10% higher than DB
conveyor speed.
DA
410
-- Traction force: 1300N SD
MX2 DT R/L S/M Basic drive unit 24.0 kg 1 unit Note: SE
MX2 DT R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 24.2 kg 1 unit -- Safety Cover comes as an option.
MX2 DT R/L S/M DR With driven roller 26.0 kg 1 unit 328mm from top conveyor to chain slack.
IM
V20.0 139 MM
MODU MX2 Series - Drive Units
410

-- Suitable to be used with front drive unit
268

Direct Drive Unit

332 56 283
55
237

MX2 DD TR 1.2 kg 1 unit
Combined Drive Unit
120 41
MS2
225

140 V20.0
MODU MX2 Series - Idler End AP
Idler End MX2 TR
With Driven Roller MS3

70 413 225
MM3
171
MM3P
ML2
70 416 24 225 24 Basic unit

MX2
171 MT2
With Free Roller
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
70 474 57 225 17
MA
153
Driven Roller speed is approximately DS3
DM3

DX2
DT2
MX2 IE 400 Basic idler unit 8.4 kg 1 unit
MX2 IE 400 TR With transfer roller 8.6 kg 1 unit DR2

MX2 IE 400 DR With driven roller 10.4 kg 1 unit
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 141 MM
MODU MX2 Series - Beam and Accessories
Conveyor Beam MX2

225
75 11

MX2 CB 3 19.2 kg 3m / beam
Accessories MX2
Slide Rail
22
MA2 SR 25 HDPE Pure White 2.8 kg 25m/roll
Connecting Strip
140 5
25 MA CS 20x140 1.1 kg 10 pcs/pkt
T-Slot Cover

16.4

MA RS 6.5 0.02 kg 50 pcs/pkt MX2 SRA 0.4 kg 1 pc
142 V20.0
MODU MX2 Series - Horizontal Plain Bend AP
Horizontal Plain Bend MX2 Type A (SA) Type B (SB) TR

-Plain bend basic Unit. MP
-With inner slide rail Type A (SA), Material = PE.
-With inner slide rail Type B (SB), Material = Nylon
MS3
70 80 MM3
30°
80 MM3P
MX2 BP 30R500 500 mm 3.8 kg 1 unit ML2
MX2 BP 30R700 700 mm 4.5 kg 1 unit
R
Effective track length: ML2P
R500: 0.66m 1-way (1.32m 2-way) MX2 BP 30R1000 1000 mm 5.5 kg 1 unit
R700: 0.77m 1-way (1.54m 2-way) Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm MX2
R1000: 0.92m 1-way (1.84m 2-way). - Connecting strip and set screw included.
70 80
45°
MT2
225 MR2
80 MX2 BP 45R500 500 mm 4.6 kg 1 unit MF2
MX2 BP 45R700 700 mm 5.6 kg 1 unit
Effective track length: R MG
R500: 0.79m 1-way (1.58m 2-way) MX2 BP 45R1000 1000 mm 7.2 kg 1 unit
R700: 0.95m 1-way (1.90m 2-way) MB
R1000: 1.12m 1-way (2.40m 2-way)
MA
70 80
Horizontal Plain Bend, 60° DS3
60°
DM3
MX2 BP 60R500 500 mm 5.4 kg 1 unit
MX2 BP 60R700 700 mm 5.8 kg 1 unit DL2
R 80 MX2 BP 60R1000 1000 mm 8.8 kg 1 unit
DX2
R700: 1.13m 1-way (2.26m 2-way) DT2
R1000: 1.45m 1-way (2.90m 2-way)
DR2
70 80
DF2
225
90° MX2 BP 90R500 500 mm 7.2 kg 1 unit DG
MX2 BP 90R700 700 mm 9.2 kg 1 unit
DB
MX2 BP 90R1000 1000 mm 12.2 kg 1 unit
DA
R - Connecting strip and set screw included.
SD
R500: 1.19m 1-way (2.38m 2-way) When ordering plain bends with inner slide rail, please
specify the type using the following part number as an SE
R700: 1.50m 1-way (3.00m 2-way)
R1000: 1.97m 1-way (3.94m 2-way) example.
80
Type A - MX2 BP 45R500 SA TL
Type B - MX2 BP 90R500 SB
IM
V20.0 143 MM
MODU MX2 Series - Vertical Bend
Vertical Bend MX2

80 5°
Vertical Bend, 5°
70
R1000: 0.25m 1-way (0.5m 2-way)
R1000
MX2 BV 5R1000 2.1 kg 1 unit
Vertical Bend, 7°
70
R1000: 0.28m 1-way (0.56m 2-way)
17
281
MX2 BV 7R1000 2.3 kg 1 unit
Vertical Bend, 15°

80 15°
70 R1000: 0.42m 1-way (0.84m 2-way)
55
R1000
416
MX2 BV 15R1000 3.2 kg 1 unit
Vertical Bend, 25°

25° R1000: 0.60m 1-way (1.20m 2-way)
128
70
R1000
575
MX2 BV 15R1000 4.3 kg 1 unit
Vertical Bend, 30°

R1000: 0.68m 1-way (1.36m 2-way)
80
30° -- Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm
174 R1000
70 MX2 BV 30R1000 5.6 kg 1 unit
649
144 V20.0
MODU MX2 Series - Vertical Bend AP
TR
80
Vertical Bend, 45°
MP
45°
Effective track length: MS3
R1000: 0.95m 1-way (1.90m 2-way)
350 R1000 -- Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm MM3
MM3P
70
ML2
844
ML2P
MX2 BV 45R1000 6.6 kg 1 unit MX2
MT2
80
MR2
MF2
Vertical Bend, 90°
MG
90° R1000: 1.73m 1-way (3.46m 2-way) MB
R1000
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
70
1080 DB
DA
MX2 BV 90R1000 11.6 kg 1 unit
SD
Non-Standard Vertical Bend also available in PE and SE

TL
IM
V20.0 145 MM
MODU MX2 Series - Components
Chain Installation Section MX2

Type A
225 70 500 70
25 82 25
75

MX2 LU 500 4.0 kg 1 unit
Type B
254 70 300 70
237
225
79
-- Slide rail, connecting strip and set screw included.

MX2 CIS 300 3.5 kg 1 unit
146 V20.0
AP
TR
MODU MT2 MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
Chain Width 315 mm MR2
Chain Pitch 45.0 mm
MF2
Chain Working Tension (Max) MG
With Bend 1400 N
Without Bend 1500 N
MB
Max Product Weight*
Vertical Transport 15.0 kg MA
Total Load* 400 kg
DS3
Max speed* 50 m/min
Drive Unit Capacity 1500 N DL2
Item Width* <500 mm
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
Chain Width 315mm DB
DA
Contents Belt Elongation Section MT2............. 154
Belt MT2............................................ 148 Bottom Tab (BT) Belt MT2................. 155
Conveyor Beam (BT) MT2................ 155 SD
Belt Accessories MT2....................... 149
Drive Units MT2................................. 150 Accessories MT2............................... 155
Idler Unit MT2.................................... 150 Drive Units (BT) MT2......................... 156 SE
Conveyor Beam MT2........................ 151 Idler Unit (BT) MT2............................ 156
Accessories MT2............................... 151 Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) MT2........ 157 TL
Horizontal Plain Bend MT2................ 152 Vertical Bend (BT) MT2..................... 158
Vertical Bend MT2............................. 153 Belt Installation Section (BT) MT2..... 159 IM
Please consult Belt
MODU representative
Installation SectionforMT2.............
further information
154 and assistance. Units: Dimension (mm)
V20.0 147 MM
MODU MT2 Series - Belt
Belt MT2
340 Plastic Plain Curve Belt

315- -- 8.5mm belt gap.
15
59 45

MT2 ST CP 5 POM White 19.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
340 Plastic Plain Straight Belt

315 -- 0mm belt gap.
15
59 45 -- Accumulation possible.

Plastic Cleated Belt

89 declined conveyor.
340
316 15
59
17 45 75
*p
(eg. MT2 CC 3x15P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated).

MT2 ST CC 3 *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll
* Non-standard height are available upon request but
cleat material will be different.
148 V20.0
MODU MT2 Series - Belt AP
TR
340
Friction Belt
316 -- Suitable for conveyor configuration with MP
15 incline/decline up to 25˚.
-- Friction material : TPE (grey). MS3
59 45 -- Staight running chain (0mm gap)
-- Accumulation not possible. MM3

MM3P
MT2 ZG CF 5 PP White 19.0 kg/roll 5m/roll

ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
5.5 5.5
Side Guard L-R MR2
MF2
75 75
MG
MB
7 7
7 7
MA
MT2 CLP G-75 POM White 1.7 kg 50 set/pkt DS3
DM3
DL2
Belt Accessories MT2
DX2
Belt Pin
Lubricant For Chain DT2
DR2
Silicone-based lubricant, DF2

400ml
DG
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Material Weight Supply
MA SL 0.35 kg/can 1 can MT2 PC POM 0.12 kg 10 pcs / pkt DB
DA
Belt Lock
SD
SE
MT2 BL POM White 0.07 kg 10 pcs / pkt TL
IM
V20.0 149 MM
MODU MT2 Series - Drive & Idler Unit
Drive Units MT2

Gearmotor type (Motovario / Transtechno)
Gearmotor size (SEW)
M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040
S20 = WA20
S30 = WA 30
M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050 Motor
Orientation
TR = Free Roller
S: Suspended Drive MT2 DD L S20 TR C
with Free Roller and Clutch.
LEFT RIGHT

MT2 DD R S47 => Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
Front Drive Unit

320
70 248 359 42
72
144
18

MT2 DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 9.4 kg 1 unit
Idler Unit MT2
70 320 359
144

MT2 IE 320 Basic idler unit 8.3 kg 1 unit
150 V20.0
MODU MT2 Series - Beam and Accessories AP
Conveyor Beam MT2 TR
MP
359 20
MS3
104 MM3
25 MM3P
ML2
MT2 CB 3 18.5 kg 3m / beam
ML2P
Accessories MT2
MX2
Slide Rail
14 MT2
MS SR 25 HDPE Pure White 1.2 kg 25m/roll
6 MR2
MF2
Slide Rail
MG
22
MA2 SR 25 HDPE Pure White 2.8 kg 25m/roll MB
9
MA2 SR 25A Anti-Static Grey 2.8 kg 25m/roll
MA
Connecting Strip DS3
140 5 - 4 pcs M8 set screw included. DM3

25
DL2
DX2
T-Slot Cover
DT2
16.4 DR2
MB SC 25P PVC Light Grey 1.3 kg 25m/roll DF2
DG
Screw Rivet Slide Rail Assembling Tool
DB
DA
SD
SE
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply
MA RS 6.5 0.02 kg 50 pcs/pkt MA RR 3 0.02 kg 50 pcs/pkt MA RR 3 0.02 kg 50 pcs/pkt TL
IM
V20.0 151 MM
MODU MT2 Series - Horizontal Plain Bend
Horizontal Plain Bend MT2

70 200
30°
359 200

MT2 BP 30R900 900 mm 7.2 kg 1 unit
R900
Effective track length: - Connecting strip and set screw included.
R900: 0.87m 1-way (1.74m 2-way)
70 200
45°
359
200
MT2 BP 45R900 900 mm 8.3 kg 1 unit
R900 Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm

R900: 1.11m 1-way (2.22m 2-way)
70 200

359

MT2 BP 60R900 900 mm 10.2 kg 1 unit
200
R900
R900: 1.35m 1-way (2.70m 2-way)
70 200
359
90°
MT2 BP 90R900 900 mm 14.2 kg 1 unit
R900

R900: 1.81m 1-way (3.62m 2-way) 200
152 V20.0
MODU MT2 Series - Vertical Bend AP
Vertical Bend MT2 TR
73 200 5° Vertical Bend, 5° MP

73
R500: 0.44m 1-way (0.88m 2-way) MS3
R500
443 MM3P
MT2 BV 5R500 5.6 kg 1 unit
ML2
Vertical Bend, 15° ML2P

73 200 15°
Effective track length: MX2
R500: 0.53m 1-way (1.06m 2-way)
73
69 MT2
R500
523 MT2 BV 15R500 6.2 kg 1 unit
MF2
MG
Vertical Bend, 25° MB

73 200
25°
Effective track length: MA
R500: 0.62m 1-way (1.24m 2-way)
131 DS3
R500
MT2 BV 25R500 6.8 kg 1 unit
593
DL2
DX2
DT2
73 200 Vertical Bend, 45°
45° Effective track length: DR2
R500: 0.84m 1-way (1.68m 2-way)
-- Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm DF2
288 Item Code Weight Supply DG
R500 MT2 BV 45R500 7.0 kg 1 unit
DB
73
DA
695 SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 153 MM
MODU MT2 Series - Components
Belt Installation Section MT2
363
70 300 70 359
104
386

MT2 CIS 300 4.9 kg 1 unit
Belt Elongation Section MT2
317 343 359
70 400 70

MT2 CSS 400 7.3 kg 1 unit
154 V20.0
MODU MT2 Series - Bottom Tab Components AP
Bottom Tab (BT) Belt MT2 TR
MP
316
Plastic Plain Curve Belt (Bottom Tab)
30
298 -- 8.5mm belt gap. MS3
incline/decline up to 5˚. MM3
MM3P
316
30
298 ML2
15
MT2 BT CP 5 POM White 19.0 kg/roll 5m/roll ML2P
59 45
320
20 MX2
MT2
Conveyor Beam (BT) MT2 102
MR2
25
320 MF2
2020
MG
102
MB
25
20 Item Code Weight Supply MA

MT2 BT CB 3 18.5 kg 3m / beam
DS3
DM3
Accessories MT2
DL2
Slide Rail
DX2
22
MA2 SR 25 HDPE Pure White 2.8 kg 25m/roll DT2
9
DR2
Connecting Strip DF2
140 5 - 4 pcs M8 set screw included. DG

25
MA CS 20x140 1.1 kg 10 pcs/pkt DB
DA
T-Slot Cover
SD
16.4
MB SC 25T TPE Grey 1.5 kg 25m/roll SE
MB SC 25P PVC Light Grey 1.3 kg 25m/roll TL
IM
V20.0 155 MM
MODU MT2 Series - Bottom Tab Drive & IDler End
Drive Units (BT) MT2

M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040
S20 = WA20
S30 = WA 30
M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050 Motor Orientation
TR = Free Roller
S: Suspended Drive MT2 BT DD L S20 TR C
LEFT RIGHT

MT2 BT DD R S47 => Bottom Tab Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
Front Drive Unit

320
70 251 320 42
72
141
18

MT2 BT DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 9.4 kg 1 unit
Idler Unit (BT) MT2
70 320 320
141

MT2 BT IE 320 Basic idler unit 8.3 kg 1 unit
156 V20.0
MODU MT2 Series - Bottom Tab pLAIN BEND AP
Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) MT2 TR

70 200
30° MP
320
200 MS3
MM3
MT2 BT BP 30R900 900 mm 7.2 kg 1 unit
Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm MM3P
R900
R900: 0.87m 1-way (1.74m 2-way) ML2
70 200 ML2P
45°
Horizontal Plain Bend, 45° MX2
320
MT2
200
MT2 BT BP 45R900 900 mm 8.3 kg 1 unit MR2
- Connecting strip and set screw included. MF2
R900: 1.11m 1-way (2.22m 2-way) MG
70 200
MB
60° Horizontal Plain Bend, 60° MA

320
DS3
MT2 BT BP 60R900 900 mm 10.2 kg 1 unit DM3
200
DL2
Effective track length: DX2
R900: 1.35m 1-way (2.70m 2-way)
DT2
70 200
DR2
DF2
90°
Item Code Radius (R) Weight Supply DG
MT2 BT BP 90R900 900 mm 14.2 kg 1 unit
DB
DA
R900
SD
SE
R900: 1.81m 1-way (3.62m 2-way) TL
200
IM
V20.0 157 MM
MODU MT2 Series - Bottom Tab Vertical Bend
Vertical Bend (BT) MT2

73 200 5° Vertical Bend, 5°
73
R500: 0.44m 1-way (0.88m 2-way)
R500
443
MT2 BT BV 5R500 5.6 kg 1 unit
Vertical Bend, 15°

73 200 15°
R500: 0.53m 1-way (1.06m 2-way)
73
R500
523 MT2 BT BV 15R500 6.2 kg 1 unit
73 200
25°
Vertical Bend, 25°
R500: 0.62m 1-way (1.24m 2-way)
131
R500
593

R500: 0.84m 1-way (1.68m 2-way)
R500
73
695

158 V20.0
MODU MT2 Series - Bottom Tab Components AP
Belt Installation Section (BT) MT2 TR
MP
326
70 300 70 320
MS3
102
MM3
349
MM3P
ML2
MT2 BT CIS 300 4.9 kg 1 unit ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 159 MM
AP
TR
MODU MR2 MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
Chain Pitch 45.0 mm
MF2
With Bend 1800 N
Without Bend 1900 N
MB
Max Product Weight*
Total Load* 400 kg
DS3
Max speed* 50 m/min
Item Width* <600 mm
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
Chain Width 438 mm DB
DA
Contents Belt Elongation Section MR2............. 168
Belt MR2............................................ 162 Bottom Tab (BT) Belt MR2................. 169
Conveyor Beam (BT) MR2................ 169 SD
Belt Accessories MR2...................... 163
Drive Units MR2................................ 164 Accessories MR2.............................. 169
Idler Unit MR2................................... 164 Drive Units (BT) MR2........................ 170 SE
Conveyor Beam MR2........................ 165 Idler Unit (BT) MF2............................ 170
Accessories MR2.............................. 165 Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) MR2....... 171 TL
Horizontal Plain Bend MR2............... 166 Vertical Bend (BT) MR2..................... 172
Vertical Bend MR2............................. 167 Belt Installation Section (BT) MR2.... 173 IM
Please consult Belt
MODU representative
Installation SectionforMR2............
further information
V20.0 161 MM
MODU MR2 Series - Belt
Belt MR2
Plastic Plain Curve Belt

462 -- 8.5mm belt gap.
15
59 45

MR2 ST CP 5 POM White 26.4 kg/roll 5m/roll
Plastic Plain Straight Belt

462


438 15
45
17 75
*p
(eg. MR2 CC 3x15P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated).

MR2 ST CC 3 *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll
162 V20.0
MODU MR2 Series - Belt AP
TR
Friction Belt
462
-- Suitable for conveyor configuration with MP
438

MM3P
MR2 ZG CF 5 PP White 29.2 kg/roll 5m/roll

ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
5.5 5.5
Side Guard L-R MR2
MF2
75 75
MG
MB
7 7
7 7
MA
DM3
DL2
Belt Accessories MR2
DX2
Belt Pin
DR2

400ml
DG
MA SL 0.35 kg/can 1 can MR2 PC POM 0.14 kg 10 pcs / pkt DB
DA
Belt Lock
SD
SE
IM
V20.0 163 MM
MODU MR2 Series - Drive & Idler Unit
Drive Units MR2

S20 = WA20
Orientation
M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
S30 = WA 30 Guideline
S37 = SA37 Transfer Device
TR = Free Roller
S: Suspended Drive MR2 DD L S20 TR C
W: Wheel Bend Drive side for 0.55kW SEW geared motor, LEFT RIGHT
MR2 DD R S47 => Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
Front Drive Unit
320
70 248 480 42
72
144
18

MR2 DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 10.4 kg 1 unit
Idler Unit MR2

70 320 480
144

MR2 IE 320 Basic idler unit 9.8 kg 1 unit
164 V20.0
MODU MR2 Series - Beam and Accessories AP
Conveyor Beam MR2 TR
480 20
MP
MS3
104
25 MM3
20
MM3P
ML2
MR2 CB 3 20.4 kg 3m / beam
ML2P
Accessories MR2
MX2
Slide Rail
14 MT2
6 MR2
MF2
Slide Rail
MG
22
9
MA

25
DL2
DX2
T-Slot Cover
DT2
16.4 DR2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
IM
V20.0 165 MM
MODU MR2 Series - Horizontal Plain Bend
Horizontal Plain Bend MR2

70 200
30°
480 200

MR2 BP 30R1200 1200 mm 8.9 kg 1 unit
R1200
R1200: 1.03m 1-way (2.06m 2-way)
70 200
45°
480

MR2 BP 45R1200 1200 mm 10.5 kg 1 unit
R1200
R1200: 1.35m 1-way (2.70m 2-way)
70 200

480

MR2 BP 60R1200 1200 mm 13.2 kg 1 unit
R1200 200
R1200: 1.66m 1-way (3.32m 2-way)
70 200

480
90°
MR2 BP 90R1200 1200 mm 16.2 kg 1 unit
R1200

R1200: 2.29m 1-way (4.58m 2-way) 200
166 V20.0
MODU MR2 Series - Vertical Bend AP
Vertical Bend MR2 TR

73
R500: 0.44m 1-way (0.88m 2-way) MS3
R500
443 MM3P
MR2 BV 5R500 6.6 kg 1 unit
ML2

73 200 15°
R500: 0.53m 1-way (1.06m 2-way)
73
69 MT2
R500
523 MR2 BV 15R500 7.2 kg 1 unit
MF2
MG

73 200
25°
R500: 0.62m 1-way (1.24m 2-way)
131 DS3
R500
MR2 BV 25R500 7.8 kg 1 unit
593
DL2
DX2
DT2
R500: 0.84m 1-way (1.68m 2-way)
R500 MR2 BV 45R500 8.2 kg 1 unit
DB
73
DA
695 SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 167 MM
MODU MR2 Series - Components
Belt Installation Section MR2
484
70 300 70 480
104
507

MR2 CIS 300 5.3 kg 1 unit
Belt Elongation Section MR2
438 464 480
70 400 70

MR2 CSS 400 8.3 kg 1 unit
168 V20.0
MODU MR2 Series - Bottom Tab Components AP
Bottom Tab (BT) Belt MR2 TR

(Bottom Tab) MP
438
30
420 -- 8.5mm belt gap. MS3
15
incline/decline up to 5˚. MM3
59 45
MM3P
ML2
MR2 BT CP 5 POM White 26.4kg/roll 5m/roll ML2P
MX2
MT2
Conveyor Beam (BT) MR2
MR2
442 20
MF2
102 MG
25 MB
20

MR2 BT CB 3 20.4 kg 3m / beam
DS3
DM3
Accessories MR2
DL2
Slide Rail
DX2
22
9
DR2

25
DA
T-Slot Cover
SD
16.4
IM
V20.0 169 MM
MODU MR2 Series - Bottom Tab Drive & IDler End
Drive Units (BT) MR2

M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040
S20 = WA20
M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
Motor
Orientation
TR = Free Roller
S: Suspended Drive MR2 BT DD L S20 TR C
MR2 BT DD R S47 => Bottom Tab Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
Front Drive Unit

320
70 251 442 42
72
141
18

MR2 BT DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 10.4 kg 1 unit
Idler Unit (BT) MF2

70 320 442
141

MR2 BT IE 320 Basic drive unit 8.3 kg 1 unit
170 V20.0
MODU MR2 Series - Bottom Tab pLAIN BEND AP
Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) MR2 TR
70 200
MP
30°
MS3
443 200
Item Code Radius (R) Weight Supply MM3
MR2 BT BP 30R1200 1200 mm 8.9 kg 1 unit
MM3P
R1200: 1.03m 1-way (2.06m 2-way) ML2
ML2P
70 200
45° Horizontal Plain Bend, 45° MX2
443
MT2
200
MR2 BT BP 45R1200 1200 mm 10.5 kg 1 unit MR2
R1200
R1200: 1.35m 1-way (2.70m 2-way) MG
MB
70 200
MA
60°
443
DS3
DM3
R1200 Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm DL2
200 - Connecting strip and set screw included.

R1200: 1.66m 1-way (3.32m 2-way)
DT2
70 200 DR2
Horizontal Plain Bend, 90° DF2
443
90° Item Code Radius (R) Weight Supply DG

DB
- Connecting strip and set screw included. DA
R1200
SD
SE
R1200: 2.29m 1-way (4.58m 2-way) TL
200
IM
V20.0 171 MM
MODU MR2 Series - Bottom Tab Vertical Bend
Vertical Bend (BT) MR2

73
R500: 0.44m 1-way (0.88m 2-way)
R500
443
MR2 BT BV 5R500 6.6 kg 1 unit
Vertical Bend, 15°

73 200 15°
R500: 0.53m 1-way (1.06m 2-way)
73
R500
523 MR2 BT BV 15R500 7.2 kg 1 unit
73 200
25°
Vertical Bend, 25°
R500: 0.62m 1-way (1.24m 2-way)
131
R500
593

R500: 0.84m 1-way (1.68m 2-way)
R500
73
695

172 V20.0
MODU MR2 Series - Bottom Tab Components AP
Belt Installation Section (BT) MR2 TR
449 MP
70 300 70 442
MS3
102
MM3
471
MM3P
ML2
MR2 BT CIS 300 5.3 kg 1 unit ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 173 MM
AP
TR
MODU MF2 MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
Chain Pitch 45.0 mm
MF2
With Bend 2100 N
Without Bend 2200 N
MB
Max Product Weight*
Total Load* 400 kg
DS3
Max speed* 50 m/min
Item Width* <700 mm
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DA
Contents Belt Elongation Section MF2............. 182
Belt MF2............................................ 176 Bottom Tab (BT) Belt MF2................. 183
Conveyor Beam (BT) MF2................ 183 SD
Belt Accessories MF2....................... 177
Drive Units MF2................................. 178 Accessories MF2............................... 183
Idler Unit MF2.................................... 178 Drive Units (BT) MF2......................... 184 SE
Conveyor Beam MF2........................ 179 Idler Unit (BT) MF2............................ 184
Accessories MF2............................... 179 Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) MF2........ 185 TL
Horizontal Plain Bend MF2................ 180 Vertical Bend (BT) MF2..................... 186
Vertical Bend MF2............................. 181 Belt Installation Section (BT) MF2..... 187 IM
Please consult Belt
MODU representative
Installation SectionforMF2.............
further information
V20.0 175 MM
MODU MF2 Series - Belt
Belt MF2
609
585
15
609 609
585 585 59 45
15 15
-- 8.5mm belt gap. 59 59 45 45


MF2 ST CP 5 POM White 35.4 kg/roll 5m/roll
609
585
Plastic Plain Straight Belt 15
609 609
59 45
585 585
15 15
59 59 45 45
-- 0mm belt gap.


90
90 90 -- Required for vertical or steeply

585 15 inclined /declined conveyor.
45
585 585 15 15
17 75
45 45
17 17 75 75
*p
(eg. MF2 CC 3x15P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated).

MF2 ST CC 3 *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll
176 V20.0
MODU MF2 Series - Belt AP
TR
Friction Belt
609
585
MP
15
609 MS3
585 59 45
15
MM3
59 45
-- Suitable for conveyor configuration with MM3P
-- Friction material : TPE (grey). ML2
-- Staight running chain (0mm gap)
-- Accumulation not possible. ML2P
MF2 ZG CF 5 PP White 39.2 kg/roll 5m/roll MX2
MT2
5.5 5.5 MR2
5.5 5.5
Side Guard L-R MF2
75 75
MG
75 75
MB
7 7
7 7
MA
7 7
7 7
DS3
MT2 CLP G-75 POM White 1.7 kg 50 set/pkt DM3
DL2
Belt Accessories MF2
DX2
Belt Pin
DR2

400ml
DG
MA SL 0.35 kg/can 1 can MF2 PC POM 0.16 kg 10 pcs / pkt DB
DA
Belt Lock
SD
SE
IM
V20.0 177 MM
MODU MF2 Series - Drive & Idler Unit
Drive Units MF2

S20 = WA20
Orientation
M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
TR = Free Roller
S: Suspended Drive MF2 DD L S20 TR C
MF2 DD R S47 => Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
Front Drive Unit

320
70 250 625 42
70
141
17

MF2 DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 12.0 kg 1 unit
Idler Unit MF2
70 320 625
141

MF2 IE 320 Basic idler unit 11.3 kg 1 unit
178 V20.0
MODU MF2 Series - Beam and Accessories AP
Conveyor Beam MF2 TR
625 20 MP
MS3
104
MM3
25
20 MM3P
MF2 CB 3 21.0kg 3m / beam ML2
ML2P
Accessories MF2
MX2
Slide Rail
14 MT2
6 MR2
MF2
Slide Rail
MG
22
9
MA

25
DL2
DX2
T-Slot Cover
DT2
16.4 DR2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
IM
V20.0 179 MM
MODU MF2 Series - Horizontal Plain Bend
Horizontal Plain Bend MF2

70 200
30°
625 200
R1700
MF2 BP 30R1700 1700 mm 11.5 kg 1 unit
R1700: 1.29m 1-way (2.58m 2-way)
70 200
625

200
MF2 BP 45R1700 1700 mm 15.2 kg 1 unit
R1700
R1700: 1.74m 1-way (3.48m 2-way)
70 200
60°
625

MF2 BP 60R1700 1700 mm 19.0 kg 1 unit
R1700 200
R1700: 2.18m 1-way (4.36m 2-way)
70 200

625

MF2 BP 90R1700 1700 mm 25.1 kg 1 unit
R1700

R1700: 3.1m 1-way (6.2m 2-way)
200
180 V20.0
MODU MF2 Series - Vertical Bend AP
Vertical Bend MF2 TR

73
R500: 0.44m 1-way (0.88m 2-way) MS3
R500
443 MM3P
MF2 BV 5R500 7.6 kg 1 unit
ML2

73 200 15°
R500: 0.53m 1-way (1.06m 2-way)
73
69 MT2
R500
523 MF2 BV 15R500 8.2 kg 1 unit
MF2
MG

73 200
25°
R500: 0.62m 1-way (1.24m 2-way)
131 DS3
R500
MF2 BV 25R500 8.8 kg 1 unit
593
DL2
DX2
DT2
R500: 0.84m 1-way (1.68m 2-way)
R500 MF2 BV 45R500 9.2 kg 1 unit
DB
73
DA
695 SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 181 MM
MODU MF2 Series - Components
Belt Installation Section MF2

637
70 300 70 625
104
660

MF2 CIS 300 5.9 kg 1 unit
Belt Elongation Section MF2
583 609 625
70 400 70

MF2 CSS 400 9.3 kg 1 unit
182 V20.0
MODU MF2 Series - Bottom Tab Components AP
Bottom Tab (BT) Belt MF2 TR
Plastic Plain Curve Belt (Bottom Tab) MP

585
30
567 MS3
15
MM3
59 45
MM3P
-- 8.5mm belt gap.
-- Suitable for conveyor configuration with ML2
-- Accumulation possible. ML2P
MF2 BT CP 5 POM White 35.4kg/roll 5m/roll MX2
MT2
Conveyor Beam (BT) MF2
MR2
590 20
MF2
102
MG
25
20 MB

MF2 BT CB 3 21.0 kg 3m / beam
DS3
DM3
Accessories MF2
DL2
Slide Rail
DX2
22
9
DR2

25
DA
T-Slot Cover
SD
16.4
IM
V20.0 183 MM
MODU MF2 Series - Bottom Tab Drive & IDler End
Drive Units (BT) MF2

M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040
S20 = WA20
M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
Motor Orientation
TR = Free Roller
S: Suspended Drive MF2 BT DD L S20 TR C
MF2 BT DD R S47 => Bottom Tab Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
Front Drive Unit

320
70 251 590 42
72
141
18

MF2 BT DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 12.0 kg 1 unit
Idler Unit (BT) MF2
70 320 590
141

MF2 BT IE 320 Basic drive unit 11.3 kg 1 unit
184 V20.0
MODU MF2 Series - Bottom Tab pLAIN BEND AP
Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) MF2 TR
70 200 MP
30°
590 200
MS3
Item Code Radius (R) Weight Supply MM3

MF2 BP 30R1700 1700 mm 11.5 kg 1 unit
R1700
MM3P
R1700: 1.29m 1-way (2.58m 2-way) ML2
ML2P
70 200
45°
625
MT2
200
MF2 BT BP 45R1700 1700 mm 15.2 kg 1 unit MR2
R1700
R1700: 1.74m 1-way (3.48m 2-way) MG
MB
70 200
MA
590
DS3
MF2 BT BP 60R1700 1700 mm 19.0 kg 1 unit
DM3
R1700
Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm DL2
R1700: 2.18m 1-way (4.36m 2-way)
DT2
70 200 DR2
Horizontal Plain Bend, 90° DF2
590
90° Item Code Radius (R) Weight Supply DG

MF2 BT BP 90R1700 1700 mm 25.1 kg 1 unit
DB
- Connecting strip and set screw included. DA
R1700
SD
SE
R1700: 3.1m 1-way (6.2m 2-way) TL
200
IM
V20.0 185 MM
MODU MF2 Series - Bottom Tab Vertical Bend
Vertical Bend (BT) MF2

73
R500: 0.44m 1-way (0.88m 2-way)
R500
443
MF2 BT BV 5R500 7.6 kg 1 unit
Vertical Bend, 15°

73 200 15°
R500: 0.53m 1-way (1.06m 2-way)
73
R500
523 MF2 BT BV 15R500 8.2 kg 1 unit
73 200
25°
Vertical Bend, 25°
R500: 0.62m 1-way (1.24m 2-way)
131
R500
593

R500: 0.84m 1-way (1.68m 2-way)
R500
73
695

186 V20.0
MODU MF2 Series - Bottom Tab Components AP
Belt Installation Section (BT) MF2 TR
596 MP
70 300 70 590
MS3
102
MM3
618
MM3P
ML2
MF2 BT CIS 300 5.9 kg 1 unit ML2P
MX2
MT2
Gearmotor size (SEW) MR2
M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040
S20 = WA20
M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
S30 = WA 30
S37 = SA37 Transfer Device MF2
TR = Free Roller MG
rmotor position: L or R DR = Driven Roller
e Clutch MB
Drive NIL = Basic Unit
Drive C = With Clutch MA
d Drive MF2 BT DD L S20 TR C
e Drive Front direct drive unit, motor on left
nd Drive side for 0.55kW SEW geared motor, DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
Belt width used in the above image - 850mm
SD
SE
Bigger belt width sizes available upon request
TL
IM
V20.0 187 MM
AP
TR
MODU CONVEYOR MP
GUIDE (MG)
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
Contents
Side Guide Configuration MG........... 190
SD
Guide Rail Brackets MG.................... 196
Guide Rail Support MG..................... 198
Guide Rail Accessories MG............... 200 SE
TL
IM
V20.0 189 MM
MODU Side Guide Configuration
Side Guide Configuration MG

Guide Assembly
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
190 V20.0
MODU Side Guide Configuration AP
TR
Guide Assembly - Type 1 (G1 &G1K) Guide Assembly - Type 2
MG RR 3x20
MP
MG RC 25x33
Rectangular Guide rail cover
Guide rail
(optional) MG BR 20F MS3
Guide rail bracket
MG BR 20F
Guide rail support MG RR
Guide rail tube MM3
MG RR 100x18
Guide rail tube
MG EC 20 MM3P
End cap
MG BB 50 MG BB 20x18 MG DT
Guide rail bracket Guide rail bracket Distance tube ML2
100
Supply: Supply: ML2P
-- Items are supplied individually. -- Items are supplied individually.
Features: Features: MX2
-- Height & width adjustable by single dome nut or -- Height and width adjustable
knob. -- Distance tube standard width: MT2
-- Adjustment every 10mm on one side and other 100, 150 & 200mm
sidecontinuous adjustment. Other size, please specify MR2
Option: Option:
-- PE Guide rail cover (MG RC 25x23 or MG RC -- PE Guide rail cover (MG RC 25x23 or MG RC MF2
25x33) 25x33)
MG
MB
MA
DS3
M10 dome nut (G1) knob (G1K) DM3
Width Adjustment Series Item Code

Series Item Code Description
DL2
Min Max MP MP G2
MP 50 150 MP G1 M10 dome nut MS3 MS3 G2 DX2

50 150 MP G1K With knob MM3 MM3 G2
DT2
MS3 70 170 MS3 G1 M10 dome nut ML2 ML2 G2
70 170 MS3 G1K With knob MX2 MX2 G2 DR2

MM3 90 190 MM3 G1 M10 dome nut MT2 MT2 G2
90 190 MM3 G1K With knob MR2 MR2 G2

DF2
ML2 150 250 ML2 G1 M10 dome nut MF2 MF2 G2

DG
150 250 ML2 G1K With knob
MX2 230 330 MX2 G1 M10 dome nut DB

230 330 MX2 G1K With knob
DA
MT2 364 464 MT2 G1 M10 dome nut
364 464 MT2 G1K With knob SD

MR2 485 585 MR2 G1 M10 dome nut
485 585 MR2 G1K With knob SE

MF2 630 730 MF2 G1 M10 dome nut
TL
630 730 MF2 G1K With knob
IM
V20.0 191 MM

MG EC 18 MG EC 18
End Cap End Cap
MG RR 3x20 MG BR 18x18 MG RR 3x20 MG BR 18x18
Rectangular Guide rail Support Rectangular Guide rail Support
Guide rail Guide rail
MG RR
Guide rail tube MG RR
Guide rail tube
MG DT
Distance Tube
MG EC 20
End Cap
MG BB 50
Guide rail bracket MG BB2 18x20
Guide rail bracket
Supply:
-- Items are supplied individually.
Supply:
Features:
-- Height & width adjustable by single dome nut or
Features:
knob.
-- Height and width adjustable
-- Adjustment every 10mm on one side and other
-- Distance tube standard width:
sidecontinuous adjustment.
100, 150 & 200mm
Option:
Other size, please specify
-- PE Guide rail cover (MG RC 25x23 or MG RC
Option:
25x33)
-- PE Guide rail cover (MG RC 25x23 or MG RC
25x33)
M10 dome nut (G3) knob (G3K)

Width Adjustment
Min Max
MP 10 110 MP G3 M10 dome nut Series Item Code

10 110 MP G3K With knob MP MP G4
MS3 25 125 MS3 G3 M10 dome nut MS3 MS3 G4
25 125 MS3 G3K With knob MM3 MM3 G4
MM3 45 145 MM3 G3 M10 dome nut ML2 ML2 G4
45 145 MM3 G3K With knob MX2 MX2 G4
ML2 100 200 ML2 G3 M10 dome nut MT2 MT2 G4
100 200 ML2 G3K With knob MR2 MR2 G4
MX2 185 285 MX2 G3 M10 dome nut MF2 MF2 G4
319 419 MT2 G3K With knob
440 540 MR2 G3K With knob
192 V20.0
TR
MG EC 18
MG EC 18
MP
End Cap
End Cap
MG BR 18x18
Guide rail Support MS3
MG RR 3x20 MG BR 18x18 MM3

Rectangular MG RR 3x20
Guide rail Support Rectangular
Guide rail
Guide rail
MM3P
MG RR
Guide rail tube ML2
MG RR
Guide rail tube MG BB2 18x20
Guide rail bracket ML2P
MG EC 20
MG BB 50 MG DT End Cap MX2
Guide rail bracket Distance Tube
Supply: MT2
Supply:
Features: MR2
Features:
-- Height & width adjustable by single dome nut or knob. -- Height and width adjustable
-- Adjustment every 10mm on one side and other MF2
-- Distance tube standard width:
sidecontinuous adjustment. 100, 150 & 200mm
Option: MG
Other size, please specify
-- PE Guide rail cover (MG RC 25x23 or MG RC 25x33) Option:
-- PE Guide rail cover (MG RC 25x23 or MG RC MB
25x33)
MA
DS3
M10 dome knob
nut (G5) (G5K) DM3
Width Adjustment DL2

Min Max
DX2
MP 10 110 MP G5 M10 dome nut
10 110 MP G5K With knob Series Item Code DT2

MS3 25 125 MS3 G5 M10 dome nut MP MP G6
25 125 MS3 G5K With knob MS3 MS3 G6

DR2
MM3 45 145 MM3 G5 M10 dome nut MM3 MM3 G6
DF2
45 145 MM3 G5K With knob ML2 ML2 G6
ML2 100 200 ML2 G5 M10 dome nut MX2 MX2 G6 DG

100 200 ML2 G5K With knob MT2 MT2 G6
DB
MX2 185 285 MX2 G5 M10 dome nut MR2 MR2 G6
185 285 MX2 G5K With knob MF2 MF2 G6 DA

319 419 MT2 G5K With knob SD

SE
MF2 585 685 MF2 G5 M10 dome nut TL

IM
V20.0 193 MM
Guide Assembly - Type 7

MG RR 3x20 Series Max Width Item Code
Rectangular
Guide rail MP 117.5 MP G7
MS3 137.5 MS3 G7
MM3 157.5 MM3 G7
ML2 216.5 ML2 G7

MG BR 36x20 MX2 296.5 MX2 G7
Guide rail bracket
MT2 431.5 MT2 G7
Supply: MR2 552.5 MR2 G7
MF2 697.5 MF2 G7

Supply:
MG RR 3x20 -- Items are supplied individually.
Rectangular
Guide rail
MG BR 20F MG RC 25x33 MG RR
Guide rail support Guide Rail Guide rail tube Width Adjustment
Cover
Min Max
ML2 230 330 ML2 G8 M10 dome nut

MG BB 50
MG BR 100 Guide rail
MG BS 40G Guide rail bracket MX2 310 410 MX2 G8 M10 dome nut
Spacer Bottom Guide Support
M10 dome nut (G8) knob (G8K) 630 730 MF2 G8K With knob

MG EC 18
End Cap Supply:
MG RR 3x20 MG BR 18x18
Guide rail Support
Rectangular
Guide rail
Width Adjustment
MG RC 25x33 Series Item Code Description
Guide Rail MG RR
Cover Guide rail tube Min Max
MX2 255 355 MX2 G9 M10 dome nut

MG BR 100 MG BB 50
MG BS 40G Guide rail Guide rail bracket 255 355 MX2 G9K With knob
Spacer Bottom Guide Support

M10 dome nut (G9 knob (G9K)
194 V20.0
TR
MG EC 18
End Cap
MP
MG RR 3x20 MG BR 18x18
Rectangular Guide rail Support
Guide rail Supply: MS3
Width Adjustment MM3
MG RC 25x33 Min Max
Guide Rail MG RR
Cover Guide rail tube MM3P
MG BR 100 175 275 ML2 G10K With knob ML2

Guide rail
Support MX2 255 355 MX2 G10 M10 dome nut
255 355 MX2 G10K With knob ML2P

MG BS 40G
Spacer Bottom Guide MT2 359 459 MT2 G10 M10 dome nut
MX2
MR2 510 610 MR2 G10 M10 dome nut MT2


MR2

MF2
M10 dome nut (G10) knob (G10K) MG
MB
Guide Assembly - Type 11 Guide Assembly - Type 12 MA

MG RR 12 MG RR 12
Stainless Steel MG BR 2x68 Stainless Steel MG BR 2x68
Guide Rail Guide rail Support Guide Rail Guide rail Support DS3
DM3
66
66
DL2
192
192
12 12
DX2
MG BB 62 MG BB 62
DT2
Guide rail bracket Guide rail bracket
DR2
Supply: Supply:
-- Items are supplied individually. -- Items are supplied individually. DF2
Series Max Width Item Code Series Max Width Item Code DG
MP 35 MP G11 MP 40 MP G12
DB
MS3 55 MS3 G11 MS3 60 MS3 G12
MM3 75 MM3 G11 MM3 80 MM3 G12 DA

ML2 135 ML2 G11 ML2 140 ML2 G12
SD
MX2 215 MX2 G11 MX2 220 MX2 G12
MT2 349 MT2 G11 MT2 354 MT2 G12 SE

MR2 470 MR2 G11 MR2 475 MR2 G12
MF2 615 MF2 G11 MF2 620 MF2 G12 TL
IM
V20.0 195 MM
MODU Side Guide - Brackets
Guide Rail Brackets MG
Guide Rail Bracket (Dome Nut) Guide Rail Bracket (Knob)
For fine adjustment 35 35 For fine adjustment 35
10 10
35 35 35
10 100 10
100
100 31
100
61 31
31 61
61 31
61
17
- M10 dome nut and eye bolt included - Knob included

17
20
MG BB 50N 0.13 kg 1 set MG BB 50K 0.16 kg 1 set

7
20
Spacer Spacer with bottom guide

7
30 20
30
60
60
30 20
30
35
60
35 60
40 35 40 35
10
- To be used with MG BB 50 & MG BB 50K - MG BR 100, guide rail support not included
40 35 40 35
- To be used with MG BB 50 & MG BB 50K
100
MG BS 40 0.04 kg 1 pc
MG BS 40G 0.06 kg 1 pc
61 31
61
Distance Tube
17 - Standard Length, L = 70mm or 100mm

- Non standard length to be specified

MG DT 3x20 5 kg 3m
20
MG DT 70x20 0.5 kg 10 pcs/pkt

7
Single side tap

MG DT 100x20 0.7 kg 10 pcs/pkt M8x35
MG DT Lx20 ** kg 10 pcs/pkt
Please consult MODU representative

30 20 for further information and assistance. Units: Dimension (mm)
60
196 V20.0
MODU Side Guide - Brackets AP
Guide Rail Bracket
TR
MG BB 62x12A/C
Type A/C
(Use if spacer not required) MG BB 62x12 B MG BB 62x12 B
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MG BS 13 MG BS 13 MT2
Type B/C Type A
(Use to mount on conveyor beam) MG BS 13 (Use as spacer in between)
Guide Rail Bracket MG (continued) Type B/C MR2
(Use to mount on conveyor beam)
MF2
MG
Guide Rail Bracket Type A/C Guide Rail Bracket Type B
MB
39
39
39
39
12 12
MA
12 12
DS3
151
151
151
151
DM3
11
11
53 38 57 38 DL2
53 38 57 38
MG BB 62x12 A/C 0.25 kg 1 pc MG BB 62x12 B 0.25 kg 1 pc
DT2
DR2
Spacer Type A/B/C
Type A Type B/C DF2
Type A Type B/C
DG
73
11
73
11
DB
47 13 13
47 13 13
DA
-- Type A use to increase width by nx13mm
(where n=no. of spacer use) SD
-- Type B for MM3, ML2, MX2, MT2, MR2, MF2
-- Type C for MP, MS3 SE
TL
MG BS 13 A/B/C 0.04 kg 1 pc
IM
V20.0 197 MM
MODU Side Guide - Supports
Guide Rail Bracket
70
ØD1
27
- Screws included
S1
Item Code D1 S1 D2 S2 Weight Supply
ØD2
MG BB2 12x12 12 mm 10 mm 12 mm 10 mm 0.06 kg 10 pcs/pkt
25
S2 MG BB2 18x20 18 mm 15 mm 20 mm 16 mm 0.06 kg 10 pcs/pkt

Guide Rail Support MG

Guide Rail Support Guide Rail Support
Guide Rail Support
Guide Rail Support
Guide Rail Support
26
26
26
16
16
R9
51
16
R9 63
51
63 R9
51
63

MG BR 20F 0.25 kg 10 pcs/pkt MG BR 18x18 0.25 kg 10 pcs/pkt
Guide Rail Support with Tube Guide Rail Support
35 37
35 37
35 37
-- MG BR 20F bracket preassembled 21

with guide rail tube, Ø18mm
L
21
21
L
-- Standard length, L = 100, 150,

200mm or to be specified
47
47
47

MG BR 20Fx100 0.65 kg 10 pcs/pkt
MG BR 20Fx150 0.75 kg 10 pcs/pkt
MG BR 20Fx200 0.95 kg 10 pcs/pkt Item Code Weight Supply
MG BR 20FxL ** kg 10 pcs/pkt MG BR 18x18 0.25 kg 10 pcs/pkt
198 V20.0
MODU Side Guide - Supports AP
Guide Rail Support Guide Rail Support TR
100 40 12 MP
100 40 12
MS3
29
29 M M M
8 6 8
29
29 M M M MM3
8 1006 8
M8 Set Screw
100
M8 Set Screw MM3P
ML2
ML2P

MX2
MG BR 40H 0.1 kg 1 pc MG BR 100 0.5 kg 10 pcs/pkt
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
30
7
119
30
97
7
119
MB
64
66 97
12
64
66
MA
12
DS3
DM3
64
93
64
DL2
93
DX2
- fixed height and width - Double clamp for 12mm diameter shaft. DT2
DR2
MG BR 40H 0.1 kg 1 pc MG BR 100 0.5 kg 10 pcs/pkt
DF2
DG
Guide Rail Support
DB
R6
12
R6 100 DA
12
100
SD
- Single clamp for 12mm diameter shaft.
SE
MG BR 40H 0.1 kg 1 pc TL
IM
V20.0 199 MM
MODU Side Guide - Accessories
Guide Rail Accessories MG
Rectangular Guide Rail Guide Rail Tube
20
13 18
15
-- Standard length L = 100, 150 or 200mm

-- Non standard length to be specified.
20

MG RR 3x18
13 1.2 18
kg 3m
Item Code Material Weight Supply
15
MG RR 100x18 0.4 kg 10 pcs/pkt
MG RR 3x20 Aluminium 1.2 kg 3m
MG RR 3x20P PE 1.0 kg 3m
12 MG RR Lx18 ** kg 10 pcs/pkt
Stainless Steel Guide Rail Connecting Sleeve

60 2 x M8
60 2 x M8
60 2 x M8
29
29
29
12
12 100
12 100
12 100

MG RR 12 2.7 kg 3m

MG RR 12 2.7 kg 3m
PE Guide Rail Cover PE Guide Rail Cover

7
7 7
7 7
7
23
23
33
23
33
33
- Used with rectangular guide rail (MG RR 3x20) - Used with rectangular guide rail (MG RR 3x20)

MG RC 25x23 1.4 kg 25m/roll MG RC 25x33 1.5 kg 25m/roll
18 20
18 20
18 20
200 V20.0
31
M6
31
M6
31
M6
MODU Side Guide - Accessories AP
12
End Cap, Ø18mm End Cap, Ø20mm TR
MP
18 MS3
20
MM3
3
10 3
17
MM3P
7
7
-- For MG RR
18 3x18 -- For MG DT 3x20 ML2
20
23
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply ML2P
3
33
10 3
MG EC 18 0.05 kg 50 pcs/pkt MG EC 20 0.05 kg 50 pcs/pkt
17
15
MX2
20
MT2
End Cap, Ø20mm Knob
MR2
18
15
MF2
18 20
20
MG
31
M6
MB
18
MA
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply DS3

MG EC 20S 0.08 kg 50 pcs/pkt MG BK 20 0.01 kg 1 pc
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 201 MM
AP
TR
MODU SUPPORT MP
STRUCTURE (MB)
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Contents DA
Support Structure Configuration MB. 204
Structural Beams MB........................ 206 SD
Support Bracket MB.......................... 207
Bracket & Accessories MB................ 209 SE
Structural Beam End Caps MB..........211
Connecting Plates MB....................... 212
TL
Foot Caps MB................................... 215
End Plates MB................................... 216
IM
Please consult Foot
MODU MB.............................................
representative for further information 217 and assistance. Units: Dimension (mm)
V20.0 203 MM
MODU Support Structure - Configuration
Support Structure Configuration MB
Type 1 (B1) Type 2 (B2) Type 2A (B2A)
Type 3 (B3) Type 4 (B4) Type 5 (B5)
204 V20.0
MODU Support Structure - Configuration AP
TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
Type 5A (B5A) Type 6 (B6) Type 7 (B7)
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
Type 10 (B10) Type 11 (B10) Type 12 (B10) DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 205 MM
MODU Support Structure - Beams
Structural Beams MB
Structural Beam 20x40mm Structural Beam 40x40mm
40
20
40
40

MB BL 3x20x40 4.8 kg 3m MB BL 3x40x40 5.4 kg 3m
Structural Beam 40x80mm Structural Beam 60x60mm

40
60
80
60

MB BL 3x40x80 8.7 kg 3m MB BL 3x60x60 7.4 kg 3m
Structural Beam 80x80mm

80
80

MB BL 3x40x80 8.7 kg 3m
206 V20.0
MODU Support Structure - Support Bracket AP
Support Bracket MB TR
MP Verticle Support Bracket MS3 Verticle Support Bracket MP

∅8
∅8
MS3
MM3
166 181
177 192 MM3P
ML2
ML2P
71 72
-- Material: Cast Aluminum, -- Material: Cast Aluminum, MX2
Powder Coated Powder Coated
MT2
MR2
MP BSV CA 0.16 kg 1 pc MS3 BSV CA 0.2 kg 1 pc
MF2
MM3 Verticle Support Bracket ML2 Verticle Support Bracket
∅8 ∅8 MG
MB
MA
177 192 193 208
DS3
DM3
72 DL2
72
-- Material: Cast Aluminum, -- Material: Cast Aluminum, DX2

Powder Coated Powder Coated
DT2
MM3 BSV CA 0.25 kg 1 pc ML2 BSV CA 0.26 kg 1 pc DR2
DF2
Horizontal Support Bracket
DG
∅8
DB
100 115
DA
SD
72
-- Material: Cast Aluminum,
SE
Powder Coated
MB BSH CA 0.12 kg 1 pc
IM
V20.0 207 MM
MODU Side Guide - Supports
MS3 Verticle Support Bracket MM3 Verticle Support Bracket
8.5
137
167
178
148
8.5
8.5
40 40
76 6
76
-- Material: Aluminium -- Material: Aluminium

MS BS 80 0.25 kg 1 pc MM BS 80 0.16 kg 1 pc
ML2 Beam Support Bracket Horizontal Support Bracket, 80mm
40 8.5 40
100
112
170
145
76 42
8.5
76
-- Material: Aluminium -- Material: Aluminum
ML BS 80 0.18 kg 1 pc MA BS 100 0.16 kg 1 pc
Horizontal Support Bracket, 40mm Beam C Support Bracket

76 77.5 / 90
38
8.5
100
112
-- For MS2 & MM3, bracket length = 77.5mm

-- For ML2, bracket length = 90mm
-- Material: Mild Steel
40 42
-- Material: Aluminium Item Code Weight Supply
Item Code Weight Supply MB CB 78 0.2 kg 1 pc
MA BS 100A 0.07 kg 1 pc MB CB 90 0.3 kg 1 pc
208 V20.0
MODU Support Structure - Bracket & Accessories AP
Bracket & Accessories MB TR
Application Assembly MP
MB Bi 8l - X MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB Bi 8l MB
MA
Inner Bracket, 90° Inner Bracket, 90°, Cross
DS3
M8X1.25 M8X1.25
27
27
DM3
DL2
11
11
DX2
DT2
30
DR2
30
90
ø8.5 Thru
38
°
38
M8X1.25
90
5 5
°
DF2
38 20
38 20 DG
DB
DA
SD
-- Material : Mild Steel, Zinc Plated. -- Material : Mild Steel, Zinc Plated.
-- Set screw include -- Set screw include SE
TL
MB BI 8L 0.3 kg 10 pcs/pkt MB BI 8L-X 0.3 kg 10 pcs/pkt
IM
V20.0 209 MM
MODU Support Structure - Bracket & Accessories
Angle Bracket, 90° Angle Bracket, 90°
38
8.5
60
80
38 38
80 38
-- Material : aluminum, used with 40x40mm -- Material : aluminum, used with 40x80mm
beam beam
MB BA 40L 0.05 kg 1 pc MA BA 40x80L 0.08 kg 1 pc
Cast Angle Bracket, 90° Angle Bracket, 90°
40
R4
36
80
76
40
8
76 76 76 80
-- Material : aluminum, used -- Material : aluminum, used

with 80x80mm beam with 80x80mm beam

MB BA 76L 0.3 kg 1 pc MB CP 80L 0.7 kg 1 pc
Angle Bracket, 90° Ø8.5 Connecting Strip

M8
20
60
47 140
5.5
60 56
-- Material : aluminum, used
-- Material : aluminum, used with with 80x80mm beam
60x60mm beam
MB BL 60L 0.09 kg 1 pc MB CS 20x140 0.3 kg 10 pcs/pkt
210 V20.0
MODU Support Structure - End Caps AP
Structural Beam End Caps MB TR
MP
End Cap 20x40mm end Cap 40x40mm
MS3
MM3
20
40
40 8 MM3P
40 12
ML2
ML2P
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply MX2

MB EC 20x40 0.06 kg 10 pcs/pkt MB EC 40x40 0.06 kg 10 pcs/pkt
MT2
End Cap 40x80mm End Cap 60x60mm MR2
MF2
40
MG
60
MB
80 10
MA
60 11 DS3
DM3
DL2
MB EC 40x80 0.06 kg 10 pcs/pkt MB EC 60x60 0.08 kg 10 pcs/pkt DX2
DT2
End Cap 80x80mm
DR2
DF2
DG
80
DB
DA
80 12
SD
SE
TL
MB EC 80x80 1 kg 10 pcs/pkt
IM
V20.0 211 MM
MODU Support Structure - Connecting Plates
Connecting Plates MB
Connecting Plate T Connecting Plate L
140
40
120
120
40
3
40 120 3
-- T-joint for 40x40mm Structural Beam -- L-joint for 40x40mm Structural Beam

MB CP 40T 0.3 kg 1 pc MB CP 40L 0.3 kg 1 pc
Connecting Plate V
125
40
110 3
-- Material : Mild Steel, Zinc Plated.

-- V-joint for 40x40mm Structural Beam

MB CP 40V 0.3 kg 1 pc
212 V20.0
MODU Support Structure - Connecting Plates AP
Connecting Plate T Connecting Plate L TR
160
MP
59 MS3
MM3
∅8.5 160
160
MM3P
58 ML2
∅8.5
ML2P
160 3
54 3
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
-- Material : Mild Steel, Zinc Plated. -- Material : Mild Steel, Zinc Plated. MG
-- T-joint for 60x60mm Structural Beam -- L-joint for 60x60mm Structural Beam
MB
MB CP 60T 0.5 kg 1 pc MB CP 60L 0.5 kg 1 pc
MA
DS3
Connecting Plate V DM3
DL2
DX2
160
DT2
DR2
∅8.5
53 DF2
133 3
DG
DB
DA
-- Material : Mild Steel, Zinc Plated. SD

-- V-joint for 60x60mm Structural Beam
SE
TL
MB CP 60V 0.5 kg 1 pc
IM
V20.0 213 MM
MODU Support Structure - Connecting Plates
Connecting Plate T Connecting Plate T

170
170
40
80
200
160
80 3
80 3
-- T-joint for 40x80mm Structural Beam -- T-joint for 80x80mm Structural Beam
MB CP 40x80T 0.7 kg 1 pc MB CP 80T 1.2 kg 1 pc
Connecting Plate L Connecting Plate V
200
200
8.5
80
80
200 3 165 3
-- L-joint for 80x80mm Structural Beam -- V-joint for 80x80mm Structural Beam

MB CP 80L 1.2 kg 1 pc MB CP 80V 1.2 kg 1 pc
214 V20.0
MODU Support Structure - Base AP
Foot Caps MB TR
Adjusting Foot Cap, M12 Adjusting Foot Cap, M16 MP
MS3
MM3
90 90
MM3P
90 90
ML2
L L
L ML2P
L
MX2
MT2
Item Code Material Weight Supply Item Code Material Weight Supply MR2
Mild Steel, Mild Steel,
MB FF 12x100 0.15 kg 1 pc MB FF 16x100 0.3 kg 1 pc
Zinc Plated Zinc Plated MF2
MB FF 12x150 0.18 kg 1 pc MB FF 16x150 0.4 kg 1 pc
Zinc Plated Zinc Plated MG
Stainless Stainless
MB FF 12x100S 0.13 kg 1 pc MB FF 16x100S 0.26 kg 1 pc
Steel Steel
MB
Stainless Stainless
MB FF 12x150S 0.13 kg 1 pc MB FF 16x150S 0.3 kg 1 pc
Steel Steel
MA
Adjusting Foot Cap, M16 Adjusting Foot Cap, M16 DS3

16
DM3
16
DL2
73
DX2
74
73
74 DT2
100
100
DR2
100
100
DF2
DG
Plastic Base
120
100
120 DB
100
Item Code Material Weight Supply Item Code Material Weight Supply
DA
MB FH 16x100 0.25 kg 1 pc MB FP 16x100 0.4 kg 1 pc
Zinc Plated Zinc Plated
SD
Stainless Mild Steel,
MB FF 12x100S 0.25 kg 1 pc MB FP 16x150 0.4 kg 1 pc
Steel Zinc Plated
SE
Stainless
MB FP 16x100S 0.4 kg 1 pc
Steel
Stainless
TL
Steel
IM
V20.0 215 MM
MODU Support Structure - Base
End Plates MB
End Plate for 40x80 Beam
40
12/16
80 13
Item Code Weight Supply -- Material: Aluminum

-- Used with adjusting foot cap
MB FB 40x80x12 0.3 kg 1 pc
-- Ø12mm for M12 foot thread adjusting foot cap
MB FB 40x80x16 0.3 kg 1 pc -- Ø16mm for M16 foot thread adjusting foot ca
60
Ø12/Ø16
Ø7
60 13

MB FB 60x60x12 0.4 kg 1 pc

80
12/16
80 13

MB FB 80x80x12 0.6 kg 1 pc
216 V20.0
MODU Support Structure - Base AP
Foot MB TR
Foot 40x40mm Foot 40x80mm MP
MS3
200
MM3
150
200 MM3P
150
ML2
75
61
200
150
-- Material: Mild Steel Powder Coated -- Material: Mild Steel Powder Coated ML2P
4
4
-- Height adjustment range: ± 50mm -- Height adjustment range: ± 50mm
MX2
MB FF 40 1.2 kg 1 pc MB FF 40x80 2.0 kg 1 pc MT2
MR2
Foot 60x60mm Foot 80x80mm
MF2
MG
200
250
MB
200 250
MA
DS3
75
75
250
250 DM3
DL2
4
4
-- Material: Mild Steel Powder Coated -- Material: Mild Steel Powder Coated
-- Height adjustment range: ± 50mm -- Height adjustment range: ± 50mm DX2
DT2
MB FF 40 1.2 kg 1 pc MB FF 40x80 2.0 kg 1 pc
DR2
Foot 80x80mm DF2
DG
DB
DA
26
0
SD
150
-- Material: Mild Steel Powder Coated

-- Height adjustment range: ± 30mm SE

MB FF 40 1.2 kg 1 pc
IM
V20.0 217 MM
AP
TR
MODU MP
ACCESSORIES (MA)
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Contents DA
Fasteners MA.................................... 220
Chain Top Replacements MA............ 222 SD
Chain Accessories MA....................... 223
Beam Accessories MA....................... 223 SE
Return Chain Guide MA.................... 224
TL
Sensor Brackets MA.......................... 226
Lubricant............................................ 226
IM
V20.0 219 MM
MODU Accessories - Fasteners
Fasteners MA
Cap Screw, M6 & M8 Hex Head Bolt, M6, M8 & M10
L
L
L
L
L
L L
L
Item Code Description Weight Supply MA BH M6x16 M6 x 16mm 0.6 kg 100 pcs/pkt
MA BC M6x16 M6 x 16mm 0.6 kg 100 pcs/pkt MA BH M6x20 M6 x 20mm 0.8 kg 100 pcs/pkt
L
L
MA BH M10x12 M10 x 12mm 1.3 kg 100 pcs/pkt
MA BH M10x16 M10 x 16mm 2.2 kg 100 pcs/pkt
Lock Nut, M6, M8 & M10 MA BH M10x20 M10 x 20mm 2.3 kg 100 pcs/pkt
Countersunk Screw
M8
M8
M
M8
M8
M
M
M
MA NL 6 0.6 kg 200 pcs/pkt
MA SC M8x16 M8 x 16mm 0.7 kg 100 pcs/pkt
M8

M MA SC M8x20 M8 x 20mm 1.0 kg 100 pcs/pkt
Square Nut, M6 & M8

Button Head Bolt
20
L
20
L
20
20
L
20
L
20
20
L
Item Code
20 Weight Supply Item Code Description Weight Supply
20
MA NS 6 20 1.3 kg 100 pcs/pkt MA BB M8x16 M6 x 16mm 1.0 kg 100 pcs/pkt
MA NS 8 1.4 kg 100 pcs/pkt MA BB M8x20 M6 x 20mm 1.1 kg 100 pcs/pkt
Locking Washer Floor Anchor Bolt
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
MA11.5
WL 5 0.01 kg 50 pcs/pkt MA BF M10 2.5 kg 50 pcs/pkt
220 V20.0
MODU Accessories - Fasteners AP
Screw Rivet TR
MP
MS3
Material: Brass Nickel plated (3mm) MM3
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply MM3P

MA RS 6.5 0.02 kg 50 pcs/pkt MA RR 3 0.02 kg 50 pcs/pkt
ML2
ML2P
Flat Washer, M6, M8 & M10 set screw
MX2
MT2
MR2
- Zinc plated - Length, L=40mm
MF2
MG
MA WL 6 0.25 kg 200 pcs/pkt MA SS M8x40 1.0 kg 100 pcs/pkt
MA WL 8 0.48 kg 200 pcs/pkt MB
MA WL 10 0.80 kg 200 pcs/pkt
MA
DS3
T-Bolt
DM3
DL2
DX2
Item Code Weight Supply DT2

MA BT 20 0.7 kg 50 pcs/pkt
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 221 MM
MODU Accessories - Chain Top Replacement
Chain Top Replacements

83 MA
4
27
Friction Pad, MM3 Finger Gripper Pad, MM3

72 6 72 13
25
83 4 12
Wedge Gripper, MM3 Silicone Pad Gripper, MM3
76 27 75 12
25
38
Gripper Box, MM3

77 26
120 6
25
- Box material : TPE (Grey). 28

l Soft MM3 GP 83 BS Soft - 50A 0.2 kg 10 pcs/pkt
Indicator l ll Medium
MM3 GP 83 BM Medium - 60A 0.2 kg 10 pcs/pkt
lll Hard
Friction Pad, ML2 Silicone Pad Gripper, ML2

120 6
120 8
28 28
ML2 FP TPE Grey 0.01 kg 10 pcs/pkt ML2 SG S-45 Silicone Grey 0.5 kg 10 pcs/pkt
120 8
Please consult MODU representative for28further information and assistance. Units: Dimension (mm)
222 V20.0
MODU Accessories AP
Chain Accessories MA TR
Chain Pivot Stainless Steel Pin MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply ML2

MP PV 0.01 kg 10 pcs / pkt MP PN M4x37 0.01 kg 10 pcs / pkt
ML2P
MS3 PV 0.01 kg 10 pcs / pkt MS3 PN M4x37 0.01 kg 10 pcs / pkt
MM3 PV 0.03 kg 10 pcs / pkt MM3 PN M6x53 0.07 kg 10 pcs / pkt MX2
ML2 PV 0.07 kg 10 pcs / pkt ML2 PN M8x73 0.11 kg 10 pcs / pkt
MT2
Beam Accessories MA MR2
MF2
Slide Rail
- For MP, MS3, MM3 & Plastic Belt Series
MG
14
MS SR 25 HDPE Pure White 1.2 kg 25m/roll MB
6
MA
DS3
Slide Rail DM3

- For ML2, MX2 & Plastic Belt Series

DL2
22
9 MA2 SR 25 HDPE Pure White 2.8 kg 25m/roll DX2

DT2
DR2
Connecting Strip
140
DF2
5
25 DG
- 4 pcs M8 set screw included. DB
T-Slot Cover DA
Item Code Material Color Weight Supply SD

16.4 SE
TL
IM
V20.0 223 MM
MODU Accessories
Cap Screw, M6 & M8

158
10
- For MM3 & ML2 Series only
40
10
MA TD 3x158 4.2 kg 3m
40
Cap Screw, M6 & M8

-- MA RC 6x65 - MS3 & MM3 only
6
25 -- MA RC 10x65 - ML2 & MX2 only

614
25 MA RC 6x65 0.03 kg 1 pc
65
MA RC 10x65 0.05 kg 1 pc
*Supplied without holes
14
65
Connecting Strip, MB
20
M8
Used with MB BL 3x40x40
MB BL 3x40x80
20 5
140 MB BL 3x80x80
M8 - Set screw included.
5

140
MB CS 20x140 0.3 kg 10 pcs/pkt
Return Chain Guide MA

MP Return Chain Guide
64
29
8
9 MP RG 0.01 kg 1 pc
ML2 Return Chain Guide

80
40

5
ML2 RG 0.03 kg 1 pc
46
MX2 Return Chain Guide

86

40
MX2 RG 0.06 kg 1 pc
224 V20.0
MODU Accessories - Sprockets AP
MP Drive Sprocket MS3 Drive Sprocket MP

6 6 20
MS3
R10
130 MM3
132 MM3P
ML2
23
27
ML2P
PCD
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
Description: Description: MG
- PCD: 97mm - PCD: 130mm
- Teeth: 12 - Teeth: 16 MB
MP DS 97 0.12 kg 1 pc MA
MS3 DS 130 0.2 kg 1 pc
DS3
MM3 Drive Sprocket ML Drive Sprocket
6 20 DM3
6 20
DL2
130 134
DX2
134
141 DT2
23
23
DR2
DF2
Ø20.00 DG
DB
DA
Description:
- PCD: 97mm SD
Description:
- Teeth: 12 - PCD: 134mm
2 Pcs injection mold SE
- Teeth: 11
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply TL
MM3 DS130 0.5 kg 1 pc ML DS 134 0.2 kg 1 pc
IM
V20.0 225 MM
MODU Accessories - Sprockets
ML2 / MX2 Drive Sprocket MT2 / MR2 & MF2 Drive Sprocket
8 8
25 25
136
130
140
28
28
Description:
-- PCD: 130mm
-- Teeth: 9
-- For ML2 and MX2 drive Description:
-- 2 Pcs injection mold - PCD: 146mm
- Teeth: 18
ML2 DS 130 0.97 kg 1 pc MT2 DS 146 0.2 kg 1 pc
Sensor Brackets MA
Ø12mm Proximity Sensor Ø18mm Proximity Sensor
17
17
30 30
13
13
40.5
38
53
53
12.5 18.5
- Guide rail mount sensor bracket - Guide rail mount sensor bracket
MA BA 12 0.03 kg 1 pc MA BA 18 0.03 kg 1 pc
Lubricant
Lubricant For Chain
Silicone-based lubricant, 400ml

MA SL 0.35 kg/can 1 can
226 V20.0
AP
TR
MODU DS3 MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
Chain Width 63 mm MF2
Chain Pitch 25.4 mm
MG
Chain Working Tension (Max) 600 N
MB
Max Product Weight*
MA
Total Load* 200 kg
DS3
Working Temperature* 10°C to 60°C
Max speed* 50 m/min
DL2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Chain Width 63mm
DA
SD
Contents Horizontal Wheel Bend DS3�� 234
Horizontal Plain Bend DS3�� 235
Chain MS3��228
Chain Accessories MS3��229 Vertical Bend DS3�� 236 SE
Drive Units DS3��230
Idler End DS3��232 TL
Conveyor Beam DS3��233
Accessories DS3��233 IM
V20.0 227 MM
MODU DS3 Series - Chain
Chain MS3
63.5 4 Plain Chain


MS3 CP 5 POM White 4.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
MS3 CP 5A Anti-Static Black 4.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
MS3 CP 5K Kevlar Yellow 6.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
63.5 4
2
Friction Chain

MS3 CF 5 POM White 4.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
MS3 CF 5A Anti-Static Black 4.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
MS3 CF 5K Kevlar Yellow 6.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
63.5 4
Flocked Chain
-- Accumulation possible for light product only.

MS3 CL 5 POM White 4.2 kg/roll 5m/roll
228 V20.0
MODU DS3 Series - Chain AP
TR
Cleated Chain - Machined PE Cleated Chain
63.5 4 MP
-- Required for vertical or steeply inclined / declined conveyor.
-- Not suitable to be use with Combined and Catenary Drive.
-- Please specify pitch between cleat for ordering MM3
-- (eg. MS2 CC 3x10P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated).
**Please consult MODU representative for actual chain weight. MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MS3 CC 3 POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll
MX2
MT2
Chain Accessories MS3 MR2
Lubricant For Chain Stainless Steel Pin MF2
MG
MB
Silicone-based lubricant, MA
400ml
DS3
DM3
MA SL 0.35 kg/can 1 can MS3 PN M4x37 0.1 kg 10 pcs / pkt DL2
DX2
DR2
DF2
DG
Chain attachment & DB

Chain pin insertion tool
& specific drive pin DA
MS3 PV 0.01 kg 10 pcs / pkt
MS3 AC Chain Attachment 0.2 kg 1 pc SE
TL
IM
V20.0 229 MM
MODU DS3 Series - Drive Units
Drive Units DS3

S20 = WA20 M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040
S30 = WA 30 M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
Motor Orientation
S37 = SA37
NIL = Basic Unit
TR = Free Roller
DR = Driven Roller
Gearmotor position: L or R
S: Suspended Drive
I: Intermediate Drive DS3 DD L S20 TR C
W: Wheel Bend Drive Front direct drive unit, motor on left
side for 0.55kW SEW geared motor,
LEFT RIGHT
DS3 DT R M50 => Combined drive unit, motor on right side for Motovario NMRV 050 geared motor.
Front Drive Unit

Basic Front Drive
80 247 74 65
76
39
328
316

80 247 87 18 65 18
76
39 Basic unit
150
With Free Roller
316
80 247 139 54 65 14 -- Connecting strip and set screw included.
Note:
76
39
328
DS3 DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 3.8 kg 1 unit
316 DS3 DD R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 4.0 kg 1 unit

DS3 DD R/L S/M DR With driven roller 5.0 kg 1 unit
than conveyor speed.
230 V20.0
MODU DS3 Series - Drive Units AP
TR
316 MP
316
MS3
139 MM3
267
MM3P
ML2
Material : Stainless Steel Material : Stainless Steel ML2P

MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
Direct Drive Unit MG
324 46 110
MB
55 MA
DS3
65
Item Code Weight Supply Note:
MS3 DD TR 0.84 kg 1 unit Suitable for all motor flange except SA47 DM3
DL2
DX2
Combined Drive Unit
DT2
121 DR2
41
DF2
65
DG

DB
MS3 DT TR 0.84 kg 1 unit

DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 231 MM
MODU DS3 Series - Idler End
Idler End DS3

80 320 65
148
With Driven Roller

80 334 18 65 18
Basic unit

65 With Free Roller
80 386 54 14
153

DS3 IE 320 Basic idler unit 3.0 kg 1 unit
DS3 IE 320 TR With transfer roller 3.4 kg 1 unit
DS3 IE 320 DR With driven roller 4.5 kg 1 unit
232 V20.0
MODU DS3 Series - Beam and Accessories AP
Conveyor Beam DS3 TR
65 MP
MS3
74 MM3
MM3P
ML2
DS3 CB 2.4 6.2 kg 2.4m / beam ML2P
MX2
Accessories DS3
Slide Rail MT2
MR2
MS SR 25A Anti-Static Grey 1.2 kg 25m/roll MF2

6
MG
Connecting Strip MB
140 5
MA
25
MA CS 20x140 1.1 kg 10 pcs/pkt DS3
DM3
T-Slot Cover DL2
DX2
MB SC 25P PVC Light Grey 1.3 kg 25m/roll DT2
DR2
DF2

DB
DA
SD
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply SE

MS3 SRA 0.4 kg 1 pc MA SRF 0.24 kg 1 pc
TL
IM
V20.0 233 MM
MODU DS3 Series - Horizontal Wheel Bend
>160
Horizontal Wheel Bend DS3 Minimum
straightsection
for all wheel bend
connection.
70 80
80 Wheel Bend, 30°
70
150 0.24m 1-way (0.48 m 2-way)
Ø276 DS3 BW 30R150 2.6 kg 1 unit
70 80
Wheel Bend, 45°
150 70 0.28m 1-way (0.56m 2-way)

Ø276 DS3 BW 45R150 2.7 kg 1 unit
70 80
Wheel Bend, 60°
150 80 0.31m 1-way (0.62m 2-way)
70

Ø276 DS3 BW 60R150 2.7 kg 1 unit
70 80
Wheel Bend, 90°
150 0.4m 1-way (0.8m 2-way)
80
Ø276 70
DS3 BW 90R150 3.1 kg 1 unit
70 80
Wheel Bend, 180°

150
0.63m 1-way (1.26 m 2-way)
Ø276
DS3 BW 180R150 3.4 kg 1 unit
70 80
234 V20.0
MODU DS3 Series - Horizontal Plain Bend AP
Horizontal Plain Bend DS3 TR
70 200
30°
Horizontal Plain Bend, 30° MP
65
200 MS3
R DS3 BP 30R500 500 mm 2.1 kg 1 unit
R500: 0.66m 1-way (1.32m 2-way) DS3 BP 30R700 700 mm 2.4 kg 1 unit MM3
R700: 0.77m 1-way (1.54m 2-way)
R1000: 0.92m 1-way (1.84m 2-way). DS3 BP 30R1000 1000 mm 2.9 kg 1 unit
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
70 200
45°
65
R Item Code Radius (R) Weight Supply MT2

200
DS3 BP 45R500 500 mm 2.5 kg 1 unit
R500: 0.79m 1-way (1.58m 2-way) MR2
R700: 0.95m 1-way (1.90m 2-way) DS3 BP 45R700 700 mm 3.0 kg 1 unit
R1000: 1.12m 1-way (2.40m 2-way)
DS3 BP 45R1000 1000 mm 3.7 kg 1 unit MF2
MG
MB
70 200
65 60° Horizontal Plain Bend, 60° MA
R Item Code Radius (R) Weight Supply DS3

DS3 BP 60R500 500 mm 2.9 kg 1 unit
R500: 0.92m 1-way (1.84m 2-way)
R700: 1.13m 1-way (2.26m 2-way) DS3 BP 60R700 700 mm 3.5 kg 1 unit DM3
R1000: 1.45m 1-way (2.90m 2-way) 200
DS3 BP 60R1000 1000 mm 4.5 kg 1 unit
Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm DL2
DX2
DT2
70 200
DR2
65
90° DF2
R
DS3 BP 90R500 500 mm 3.7 kg 1 unit DG
DS3 BP 90R700 700 mm 4.7 kg 1 unit
R500: 1.19m 1-way (2.38m 2-way) DS3 BP 90R1000 1000 mm 6.1 kg 1 unit
R700: 1.50m 1-way (3.00m 2-way) DA
R1000: 1.97m 1-way (3.94m 2-way)
Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm SD
200
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 235 MM
MODU DS3 Series - Vertical Bend
Vertical Bend DS3

Vertical Bend, 5°
80 5° R300: 0.19m 1-way (0.38m 2-way)
70
8 R300 Item Code Weight Supply
186 DS3 BV 5R300 0.6 kg 1 unit
Vertical Bend, 7°
70 R300: 0.20m 1-way (0.40m 2-way)
12 R300
196
DS3 BV 7R300 0.6 kg 1 unit
Vertical Bend, 15°

70 R300: 0.24m 1-way (0.48m 2-way)
80 25° Vertical Bend, 25°

62
70 R300: 0.29m 1-way (0.58m 2-way)
R1000: 0.60m 1-way (1.20m 2-way)
R300 -- Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm
279
R300 : A = 62mm ; B = 279 mm
R1000 : A = 128mm ; B = 575 mm DS3 BV 25R1000 2.0 kg 1 unit
Vertical Bend, 30°

80
30°
R300: 0.32m 1-way (0.64m 2-way)
R1000: 0.68m 1-way (1.36m 2-way)
80 70
299
236 V20.0
MODU DS3 Series - Vertical Bend AP
TR
MP
45°
Effective track length: MS3
R300: 0.40m 1-way (0.80m 2-way)
R1000: 0.95m 1-way (1.90m 2-way)
MM3
70 MM3P
R300
DS3 BV 45R300 1.3 kg 1 unit ML2
349
DS3 BV 45R1000 2.9 kg 1 unit
ML2P
R300 : A = 145mm ; B = 349 mm
R1000 : A = 350mm ; B = 844 mm MX2
MT2
MR2
80
MF2
Vertical Bend, 90°
Effective track length: MG
90°
R300: 0.63m 1-way (1.26m 2-way)
R1000: 1.73m 1-way (3.46m 2-way) MB
R300
DS3 BV 90R300 2.0 kg 1 unit DS3
DS3 BV 90R1000 5.4 kg 1 unit
DM3
DL2
70
DX2
380
DT2
R300 : B = 380 mm
R1000 : B = 1080 mm
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
Non-Standard Vertical Bend also available in PE with
minimum radius of 300mm. SE
TL
IM
V20.0 237 MM
AP
TR
MODU DM3 MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2

Chain Width 83 mm
MG
Max Product Weight*
DM3
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Chain Width 83mm
DA
SD
Contents Conveyor Beam DM3�� 250
Accessories DM3�� 250
Chain DM3��240 SE
Chain Top Replacement DM3��242 Horizontal Wheel Bend DM3�� 251
Chain Accessories DM3��243 Horizontal Plain Bend DM3�� 252
Vertical Bend DM3�� 253 TL
Drive Units DM3��244
Idler End DM3��249
IM
V20.0 239 MM
MODU DM3 Series - Chain
Chain DM3
Plain Chain
83 4

MM3 CP 5 POM White 6.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
MM3 CP 5A Anti-Static Black 6.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
MM3 CP 5K Kevlar Yellow 8.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
Insert Friction Chain

83 4

MM3 CF 5 POM White 7.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
MM3 CF 5A Anti-Static Black 7.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
MM3 CF 5K Kevlar Yellow 9.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
83 4
Molded Friction Chain
3
-- PP chain working material tension = 500N

MM3 CF 5P PP White 6.8 kg/roll 5m/roll
83 4 Flocked Chain
only.
MM3 CL 5 POM White 7.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
240 V20.0
MODU DM3 Series - Chain AP
83 4
15
Cleated Chain - Molded Cleated TR
declined conveyor. MP
-- Not suitable to be use with Combined MS3
and Catenary Drive.
MM3
MM3 CC 3X15P *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll

MM3P
*p
Please specify pitch between cleat for ordering MM3 CC 3X15A *p Anti-Static Black ** kg/roll 3m/roll
(eg. MM3 CC 3x15P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated). MM3 CC 3X15PK *p Kevlar Yellow ** kg/roll 3m/roll ML2
ML2P
83 4 50
Roller Cleated Chain
-- Required for vertical or steeply inclined / MX2
declined conveyor.
-- Accumulation not possible. MT2
and Catenary Drive. MR2
Ø25
Item Code Material Color Weight Supply MF2
MM3 CR 3X15P *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll
MG
Finger Gripper Chain MB

83 4
13 -- Suitable to be use for transfering product MA
-- Accumulation not possible. DS3
DM3
MM3 CG 3 POM White 5.0 kg/roll 3m/roll DL2
MM3 CG 3A Anti-Static Black 5.0 kg/roll 3m/roll
MM3 CG 3K Kevlar Yellow 6.0 kg/roll 3m/roll DX2
DT2
83 4 Box Gripper Chain
26 DR2
using gripper system. DF2
-- Not suitable to use with Combined Drive DG
Soft Type DB
Indicator l Soft
l ll Medium DA
lll Hard MM3 CG 3BS POM White 7.7 kg/roll 3m/roll
Max Product
MM3 CG 3BSA Anti-Static Black 7.7 kg/roll 3m/roll SD
Gripper Box
Weight MM3 CG 3BSK Kevlar Yellow 8.7 kg/roll 3m/roll
Soft Type – 50A Shore Hardness up to 2 kg SE
For other gripper box hardness, use the following item code:
Medium Type – 60A Shore Hardness up to 5 kg Medium Type - MM3 CG 3BM
Hard Type - MM3 CG 3BH TL
Hard Type – 73A Shore Hardness up to 10 kg
IM
V20.0 241 MM
MODU DM3 Series - Chain
83 4
27 Wedge Gripper Chain

MM3 CG 3W POM White 5.0 kg/roll 3m/roll
MM3 CG 3WA Anti-Static Black 5.0 kg/roll 3m/roll
MM3 CG 3WK Kevlar Yellow 6.7 kg/roll 3m/roll
83 4 12
Silicone Pad Gripper Chain
-- High friction for incline of cylindral product
up to 40˚

MM3 CG 3SG POM White 5.4 kg/roll 3m/roll
38
MM3 CG 3SGA Anti-Static Black 5.4 kg/roll 3m/roll
MM3 CG 3SGK Kevlar Yellow 7.2 kg/roll 3m/roll
Chain Top Replacement DM3

77 26
Friction Pad Finger Gripper Pad
72
25 72
6 13
25
Wedge Gripper Silicone Pad Gripper

76 27 75 12
25
242 V20.0
38
MODU DM3 Series - Chain AP
Gripper Box TR
MP
77 26
MS3
25 - Box material : TPE (Grey).
MM3
Indicator l Soft MM3 GP 83 BS Soft - 50A 0.2 kg 10 pcs/pkt MM3P
l ll Medium
lll Hard MM3 GP 83 BM Medium - 60A 0.2 kg 10 pcs/pkt
ML2
ML2P
MX2
Chain Accessories DM3
MT2
Lubricant For Chain Stainless Steel Pin MR2
MF2
MG
Silicone-based lubricant, MB
400ml
MA
DS3
MA SL 0.35 kg/can 1 can MM3 PN M6x53 0.07 kg 10 pcs / pkt DM3
DL2
Chain Pivot Chain Pin Insertion Tool DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
Chain pin insertion tool Chain attachment & DG

MM3 PV 0.01 kg 10 pcs / pkt & specific drive pin DB
DA
MM3 AC Chain Attachment 0.2 kg 1 pc SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 243 MM
MODU DM3 Series - Drive Units
Drive Units DM3

S20 = WA20 M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040 Motor Orientation
S30 = WA 30 M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
TR = Free Roller
S: Suspended Drive DM3 DD L S20 TR C
DM3 DD L S37 => Front drive unit, motor on left side for SEW SA37 gearmotor.
Front Drive Unit

Basic Front Drive
70 247 74 85 With Driven Roller
76
40
150
329
316
70 247 87 18 85 18
76 Basic unit
40 150
With Free Roller
329
316
70 247 142 54 85 14 -- Effective track length: 0.82m
76
40 153 -- Connecting strip and set screw included.
Note:

316
DM3 DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 5.5 kg 1 unit
Driven Roller speed is approximately 10% higher DM3 DD R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 5.7 kg 1 unit
than conveyor speed.
DM3 DD R/L S/M DR With driven roller 7.2 kg 1 unit
244 V20.0
MODU DM3 Series - Drive Units AP
With Driven Roller MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
Basic unit
**Comes without safety cover ML2P
70 247 421 70 91 MT2

77
40
170 MR2
329 MF2
MG
316 MB

70 247 421 70 91
DS3
77
40
170
DM3
329
DL2
DX2
316
DT2
247 70 51 91 11
70 421 DR2
77
40
170
153 DF2
329 Driven Roller speed DG

speed.
316 DA
DM3 DT R/L S/M Basic drive unit 10.8 kg 1 unit
Note: SE
DM3 DT R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 11.0 kg 1 unit -- Safety Cover comes as an option.
DM3 DT R/L S/M DR With driven roller 12.5 kg 1 unit
IM
V20.0 245 MM
Gripper Drive Unit
79 248 72 85
39
150

DM3 DG R/L S/M 6.0 kg 1 unit

80 273 227 80 85
101
260 260


DM3 DI R/L S/M 13.0 kg 1 unit

316
316
139
267
Material :

246 V20.0
MODU DM3 Series - Drive Units AP

MP
70 247 421 70
With Driven Roller MS3
40 77
MM3
MM3P
563
ML2
ML2P
With Free Roller MX2
430 Basic unit

MT2
70 247 421 70 91 MR2
40 77
MF2
MG
563 MB
MA
DS3
DM3
430
DL2
70 247 421 70 51 91 11 DX2
40 77
153 DT2
DR2
563 DF2
DG
DB
430 DA

DM3 DC R/L S/M Basic drive unit 19.5 kg 1 unit -- Effective track length: 1.8m SE
DM3 DC R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 19.7 kg 1 unit -- Traction force: 500N
DM3 DC R/L S/M DR With driven roller 21.2 kg 1 unit
IM
V20.0 247 MM
160 39
77
80
Ø282 70 150
160
DM3 DW 90R150 S/M 8.0 kg 1 unit -- Connecting strip and set screw included.
39
320
77
Ø282
150
70 80
DM3 DW 180R150 S/M 8.5 kg 1 unit -- Connecting strip and set screw included.

Direct Drive Unit
324 46 130
55
85
MM3 DD TR 0.85 kg 1 unit
Combined Drive Unit

120 41
85

MM3 DT TR 0.25 kg 1 unit
248 V20.0
MODU MM3 Series - Idler End AP
Idler End DM3 TR

MS3
150
MM3
MM3P
Combined Drive with Free Roller ML2

70 334 18 85 18
Basic unit ML2P
150
MX2
With Free Roller MT2

Combined Drive with Driven Roller MR2
70 389 54 85 14
MF2
152
Driven Roller speed is approximately MG
MA
DS3
DM3 IE 320 Basic idler unit 3.2 kg 1 unit
DM3
DM3 IE 320 TR With transfer roller 3.6 kg 1 unit
DM3 IE 320 DR With driven roller 5.9 kg 1 unit DL2
DX2
Gripper Idler End DT2
DR2
70 416 85
DF2
38
168
DG
-- Effective track length: 0.82 m DB

DA
SD
DM3 DG R/L S/M 6.2 kg 1 unit
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 249 MM
MODU DM3 Series - Beam and Accessories
Conveyor Beam DM3

85
74

DM3 CB 2.4 7.6 kg 2.4m / beam
Accessories DM3
Slide Rail

6
Connecting Strip
140 5
25
T-Slot Cover
16.4


MM3 SRA 0.4 kg 1 pc MA SRF 0.24 kg 1 pc
250 V20.0
MODU DM3 Series - Horizontal Wheel Bend AP
Horizontal Wheel Bend DM3 >160

Minimum TR
straightsection
connection.
70 80 MS3
80 Wheel Bend, 30°
70 MM3
160 0.24m 1-way (0.48 m 2-way)
Tolerance: ± 2° MM3P
ML2
DM3 BW 30R150 3.6 kg 1 unit

Ø281 ML2P
70 80
MT2
160 70 0.28m 1-way (0.56m 2-way)
Tolerance: ± 2°
MR2

Ø281 DM3 BW 45R150 4.0 kg 1 unit
MG
70 80
Wheel Bend, 60° MB
0.33m 1-way (0.66 m 2-way) MA
160 80

Ø281 DM3 BW 60R150 4.1 kg 1 unit
DL2
70 80
0.41m 1-way (0.82m 2-way) DT2
80 Item Code Weight Supply DF2
Ø281 70 DM3 BW 90R150 4.2 kg 1 unit

DG
70 80
DB
Wheel Bend, 180°
DA
160
0.66m 1-way (1.32 m 2-way).
320
SE
Ø281
DM3 BW 180R150 4.4 kg 1 unit
TL
70 80 IM
V20.0 251 MM
MODU DM3 Series - Horizontal Plain Bend
Horizontal Plain Bend DM3

70 200
30°
85
Effective track length: DM3 BP 30R500 500 mm 2.5 kg 1 unit
R500: 0.66m 1-way (1.32m 2-way) DM3 BP 30R700 700 mm 2.9 kg 1 unit
R700: 0.77m 1-way (1.54m 2-way)
R1000: 0.92m 1-way (1.84m 2-way). DM3 BP 30R1000 1000 mm 3.5 kg 1 unit
70 200
45°
R
Effective track length: 200 DM3 BP 45R500 500 mm 3.0 kg 1 unit
R500: 0.79m 1-way (1.58m 2-way)
70 200
60°
R DM3 BP 60R500 500 mm 3.5 kg 1 unit
R700: 1.13m 1-way (2.26m 2-way) 200
DM3 BP 60R1000 1000 mm 5.4 kg 1 unit
R1000: 1.45m 1-way (2.90m 2-way)
70 200
85
90°
DM3 BP 90R500 500 mm 4.5 kg 1 unit
R
DM3 BP 90R700 700 mm 5.6 kg 1 unit
DM3 BP 90R1000 1000 mm 7.3 kg 1 unit
R500: 1.19m 1-way (2.38m 2-way)
R700: 1.50m 1-way (3.00m 2-way)
R1000: 1.97m 1-way (3.94m 2-way)
Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm 200
252 V20.0
MODU DM3 Series - Vertical Bend AP
Vertical Bend DM3 TR
80 5° 70 R400: 0.19m 1-way (0.38m 2-way) MS3
8
R400
MM3P
DM3 BV 5R300 0.8 kg 1 unit
ML2
Vertical Bend, 7°
ML2P
70
R400: 0.20m 1-way (0.40m 2-way)
MX2
13
208 MT2
DM3 BV 7R400 0.8 kg 1 unit MR2
MF2
80
Vertical Bend, 15°
15° MG
34 R400: 0.26m 1-way (0.52m 2-way) MB
R400
261
DM3 BV 15R400 1.0 kg 1 unit DS3
DM3
Vertical Bend, 25°
80 DL2
25°
R400: 0.33m 1-way (0.66m 2-way) DX2
A 70
R1000: 0.60m 1-way (1.20m 2-way)
R -- Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm
DT2
B -- Connecting strip and set screw included.
R400 : A = 71mm ; B = 322 mm DF2
R1000 : A = 128mm ; B = 575 mm DM3 BV 25R1000 2.3 kg 1 unit
DG

80
30°
R400: 0.37m 1-way (0.74m 2-way) DA
A
R 70 R1000: 0.68m 1-way (1.36m 2-way)
-- Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm SD
B -- Connecting strip and set screw included.
TL
IM
V20.0 253 MM
MODU DM3 Series - Vertical Bend

45°
R400: 0.47m 1-way (0.94m 2-way)
A R1000: 0.95m 1-way (1.90m 2-way)
R -- Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm
70
B
R400 : A = 174mm ; B = 419 mm
80
Vertical Bend, 90°
90°
R400: 0.63m 1-way (1.26m 2-way)
R1000: 1.73m 1-way (3.46m 2-way)
R
DM3 BV 90R1000 6.4 kg 1 unit
70
R400 : B = 480 mm
R1000 : B = 1180 mm
Non-Standard Vertical Bend also available with

minimum radius of 400mm.
254 V20.0
AP
TR
MODU DL2 MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2

Chain Width 140 mm
MG
Max Product Weight*
DM3
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Chain Width 140mm
DA
SD
Contents Conveyor Beam DL2......................... 262
Accessories DL2............................... 262
Chain DL2......................................... 256 SE
Chain Top Replacement DL2............. 258 Horizontal Wheel Bend DL2.............. 263
Chain Accessories DL2..................... 258 Horizontal Plain Bend DL2................ 264
Vertical Bend DL2.............................. 265 TL
Drive Units DL2................................. 259
Idler End DL2.................................... 261
IM
V20.0 255 MM
MODU DL2 Series - Chain
Chain DL2
Plain Chain
140 5

ML2 CP 5 POM White 13.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
ML2 CP 5A Anti-Static Black 13.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
ML2 CP 5K Kevlar Yellow 15.6 kg/roll 5m/roll
Friction Chain
140 5
6

ML2 CF 5 POM White 15.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
ML2 CF 5A Anti-Static Black 15.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
ML2 CF 5K Kevlar Yellow 17.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
140 5 37 Roller Cleated Chain

-- Required for vertical or steeply inclined
/declined conveyor.
D25
and Catenary Drive.
*p
Please specify pitch between cleat for ordering Item Code Material Color Weight Supply
(eg. ML2 CC 3x15P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated).
ML2 CR 3X15P *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll
140 5
Flocked Chain
only.
ML2 CL 5 POM White 12.5 kg/roll 5m/roll
256 V20.0
MODU DL2 Series - Chain AP
TR
Silicone Pad Friction Chain
5
140 8 -- High friction for incline of cylindral MP
product up to 40˚
-- Not suitable to use with Combined
Drive MM3

MM3P
ML2 CF 3SG POM White 16.0 kg/roll 3m/roll

ML2
ML2 CF 3SGA Anti-Static Black 16.0 kg/roll 3m/roll
ML2 CF 3SGK Kevlar Yellow 17.0 kg/roll 3m/roll ML2P
MX2
Safety Chain MT2

140 7
with incline/decline up to 5˚. MR2
MF2
MG
ML2 CP 5S POM White 12.4 kg/roll 5m/roll MB
MA
DS3
Safety Friction Chain
DM3
140 7 -- Suitable for conveyor configuration
2
with incline/decline up to 25˚. DL2
-- Accumulation not possible DX2
-- PP chain material working tension
is less than POM, please refer to DT2
technical reference
DR2
DF2
ML2 CP 5FS PP White 12.4 kg/roll 5m/roll
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 257 MM
MODU DL2 Series - Chain
Chain Top120Replacement DL2

6
28 Friction Pad
120 6
28

ML2 FP TPE Grey 0.01 kg 10 pcs/pkt
Silicone Pad Gripper

120 8
28
120 8
28
ML2 SG S-45 Silicone Grey 0.5 kg 10 pcs/pkt
Chain Accessories DL2

400ml


ML2 PV 0.07 kg 10 pcs / pkt & specific drive pin
ML2 AC Chain Attachment 0.3 kg 1 pc
258 V20.0
MODU DL2 Series - Drive Units AP
Drive Units DL2 TR

S20 = WA20 M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040 MP
D: Front Drive Clutch MM3P
S: Suspended Drive DL2 DD L S20 TR C ML2
DL2 DD R S47 => Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
MT2
Front Drive Unit
Basic Front Drive MR2
With Driven Roller
70 419 79 145
MF2
81
44
160 MG
366 MB
MA
DS3
398
Front Drive with Free Roller Basic unit
70 419 95 24 145 24 DM3
With Free Roller
81 DL2
44
DX2
366
DT2
DR2
398
Front Drive with Driven Roller -- Effective track length: 1.16m DF2
70 419 153 57 145 17 -- Traction force: 1200N
-- Connecting strip and set screw included. DG
44
81 Note:
153
-- Safety Cover comes as an option. DB
-- Recommended maximum chain elon-
366 gation is 328mm from top conveyor to DA
chain slack.
SD
398
DL2 DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 6.4 kg 1 unit SE
DL2 DD R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 7.1 kg 1 unit
Driven Roller speed is approximately 10% higher TL
than conveyor speed. DL2 DD R/L S/M DR With driven roller 8.1 kg 1 unit
IM
V20.0 259 MM
MODU DL2 Series - Drive Units
410

268 -- Suitable to be used with front drive unit

Direct Drive Unit

332 55 202
55
157

ML2 DD TR 0.86 kg 1 unit
Combined Drive Unit
120 41
145

260 V20.0
MODU DL2 Series - Idler End AP
Idler End DL2 TR

70 400 145
MS3
With Driven Roller
160 MM3
MM3P
ML2

70 416 24 145 24
MX2
160 Basic unit MT2
MR2
With Free Roller
MF2
MG
70 474 57 145 17
MB
153
MA
DS3
DM3

DX2
DT2
DL2 IE 400 Basic idler unit 6.7 kg 1 unit
DL2 IE 400 TR With transfer roller 7.0 kg 1 unit DR2

DL2 IE 400 DR With driven roller 8.5 kg 1 unit
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 261 MM
MODU DL2 Series - Beam and Accessories
Conveyor Beam DL2

145
75

DL2 CB 2.4 18.9 kg 2.4m / beam
Accessories DL2
Slide Rail
22 MA2 SR 25 HDPE Pure White 2.8 kg 25m/roll
Connecting Strip
140 5
25
T-Slot Cover

MA RS 6.5 0.02 kg 50 pcs/pkt ML2 SRA 0.4 kg 1 pc
262 V20.0
MODU DL2 Series - Horizontal Wheel Bend AP
Horizontal Wheel Bend DL2 TR

70 255
Wheel Bend, 30° MP
255
70 0.6m 1-way (1.2m 2-way) MS3
203 Tolerance: ± 2°
MM3P
DL2 BW 30R200 6.0 kg 1 unit
Ø353
ML2
70 255
Wheel Bend, 45° ML2P
255 0.66m 1-way (1.32m 2-way) MX2
203
Tolerance: ± 2°
70 -- Connecting strip and set screw included. MT2
MR2
Ø353 DL2 BW 45R200 6.1 kg 1 unit
MF2
70 255
Wheel Bend, 60° MG

203
0.71m 1-way (1.42m 2-way) MB
70 Item Code Weight Supply DS3

Ø353 DL2 BW 60R200 6.6 kg 1 unit
DM3
70 255
DL2
Wheel Bend, 90°
203
0.81m 1-way (1.62m 2-way)
-- Tolerance: ± 2° DT2
DR2
Ø353
DL2 BW 90R200 7.0 kg 1 unit DF2
70
DG
70 255
Wheel Bend, 180° DB

DA
203 1.13m 1-way (2.26m 2-way)
SD
Ø353 Item Code Weight Supply SE
DL2 BW 180R200 8.4 kg 1 unit
TL
70 255 IM
V20.0 263 MM
MODU DL2 Series - Horizontal Plain Bend
Horizontal Plain Bend DL2

70 80
30°
145 80
DL2 BP 30R500 500 mm 2.2 kg 1 unit
R
DL2 BP 30R700 700 mm 2.8 kg 1 unit
R500: 0.66m 1-way (1.32m 2-way) DL2 BP 30R1000 1000 mm 3.6 kg 1 unit
R700: 0.77m 1-way (1.54m 2-way) Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm
R1000: 0.92m 1-way (1.84m 2-way). - Connecting strip and set screw included.
70 80
145
80
DL2 BP 45R500 500 mm 2.9 kg 1 unit
R DL2 BP 45R700 700 mm 3.7 kg 1 unit
Effective track length: DL2 BP 45R1000 1000 mm 4.9 kg 1 unit

R500: 0.79m 1-way (1.58m 2-way)
R700: 0.95m 1-way (1.90m 2-way)
R1000: 1.12m 1-way (2.40m 2-way)
70 80
145
60°
DL2 BP 60R500 500 mm 3.6 kg 1 unit
R
DL2 BP 60R700 700 mm 4.6 kg 1 unit
80
Effective track length: DL2 BP 60R1000 1000 mm 6.1 kg 1 unit
R500: 0.92m 1-way (1.84m 2-way)
70 80

145
90°
DL2 BP 90R500 500 mm 4.9 kg 1 unit
DL2 BP 90R700 700 mm 6.5 kg 1 unit
R DL2 BP 90R1000 1000 mm 8.8 kg 1 unit

R500: 1.19m 1-way (2.38m 2-way)
R700: 1.50m 1-way (3.00m 2-way)
R1000: 1.97m 1-way (3.94m 2-way)
80
264 V20.0
25
MODU DL2 Series - Vertical Bend AP
Vertical Bend DL2 TR
80
70
R1000: 0.25m 1-way (0.5m 2-way) MS3
-- Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm 45°
11 R1000 -- Connecting strip and set screw included. MM3
247
R1000 MM3P
DL2
349BV 5R1000 1.3 kg 1 unit
ML2
Vertical Bend, 7°
80 7° ML2P
R1000: 0.28m 1-way (0.56m 2-way) 844
MX2
17 R1000
MT2
DL2 BV 7R1000 1.5 kg 1 unit MR2
80
MF2

15° MG
70
55
R1000: 0.42m 1-way (0.84m 2-way) MB
R1000
90°
DL2 BV 15R1000 2.2 kg 1 unit DS3
R1000
DM3
Vertical Bend, 25°
80 DL2
R1000: 0.60m 1-way (1.20m 2-way) DX2
70
R1000 -- Connecting strip and set screw included. DT2
DL2 BV 15R1000 3.1 kg 1 unit
DR2
DF2
DG
Vertical Bend, 30°
80
30°
R1000: 0.68m 1-way (1.36m 2-way)
-- Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm DA
174 1080
R1000 70 Item Code Weight Supply SD
DL2 BV 30R1000 3.5 kg 1 unit
649 SE
TL
IM
V20.0 265 MM
MODU DL2 Series - Vertical Bend
80 With Driven Ro
Vertical Bend, 45°

45°

R1000: 0.95m 1-way (1.90m 2-way)
R1000
349
70
Basic unit
844
With Free Rolle
DL2 BV 45R1000 4.8 kg 1 unit
80
Vertical Bend, 90°

90° R1000: 1.73m 1-way (3.46m 2-way)
R1000
Basic unit
70
1080
70
DL2 BV 90R1000 8.8 kg 1 unit

266 V20.0
AP
TR
MODU DX2 MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2

Chain Width 220 mm
MG
With Bend 1000 N
Without Bend 1200 N MB
Max Product Weight*
DM3
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Chain Width 220mm
DA
SD
Contents Conveyor Beam DX2......................... 273
Chain DX2......................................... 268 Accessories DX2............................... 273 SE
Chain Accessories DX2..................... 269 Horizontal Plain Bend DX2................ 274
Drive Units DX2................................. 270 Vertical Bend DX2............................. 275
TL
Idler End DX2.................................... 272
IM
V20.0 267 MM
MODU DX2 Series - Chain
Chain DX2
220 7
Plain Chain
decline up to 5˚.

MX2 CP 5 POM White 17.2 kg/roll 5m/roll
220 7 Friction Chain

2
decline up to 25˚.

MX2 CF 5 POM White 18.2 kg/roll 5m/roll
220 7 30 Cleated Chain - PE Cleated (Machine)

-- Required for vertical or steeply inclined /declined
conveyor.
-- Not suitable to be use with Combined Drive.
*p
(eg. MX2 CC 3x15P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated).

MX2 CC 3X15P *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll
220 7 14
Roller Top Chain
-- Low back force.

MX2 RT 3 POM White 22.0 kg/roll 3m/roll
268 V20.0
MODU DX2 Series - Chain AP
220 7 45 TR
Roller Cleated Chain MP

declined conveyor. MS3
Ø30
-- Not suitable to be use with Combined MM3
*p Drive.
(eg. MX2 CR 3x15P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated). MM3P
ML2
MX2 CR 3X15P *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
Chain Accessories DX2 MF2
Stainless Steel Pin MG

Lubricant For Chain
MB
MA
400ml DS3
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply DM3

DL2
DX2
DR2
DF2
DG
Chain pin insertion tool Chain attachment & DB

ML2 PV 0.07 kg 10 pcs / pkt & specific drive pin DA
SD
MX2 AC Chain Attachment 0.3 kg 1 pc SE
TL
IM
V20.0 269 MM
MODU DX2 Series - Drive Units
Drive Units DX2

S20 = WA20 M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040
S30 = WA 30 M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
Motor Orientation
TR = Free Roller
S: Suspended Drive DX2 DD L S20 TR C
LEFT RIGHT
DX2 DD R S47 => Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
Front Drive Unit

Basic Front Drive
58 419 79 225 With Driven Roller
81
44
171
366
398
58 419 95 24 225 24
44
81 Basic unit
171
With Free Roller
398 -- Effective track length: 1.16m

58 419 153 57 225 17
-- Connecting strip and set screw
included.
81
44 153 Note:
366 -- Recommended maximum chain
elongation is 328mm from top
conveyor to chain slack.

398
Driven Roller speed is approximately 10% higher DX2 DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 8.5 kg 1 unit
than conveyor speed. DX2 DD R//L S/M TR With transfer roller 9.0 kg 1 unit
DX2 DD R/L S/M DR With driven roller 10.5 kg 1 unit
270 V20.0
MODU DX2 Series - Drive Units AP
Standard Safety Cover TR
MP
410
MS3
MM3
-- Suitable to be used with front drive unit
268 MM3P
ML2
ML2P
SC2 268 1.8 kg 2 pcs/set MX2
MT2
Free Transfer Roller MR2
Direct Drive Unit MF2
332 56 283 MG
MB
55
MA
237
DS3
DM3
MX2 DD TR 1.2 kg 1 unit
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
Combined Drive Unit DF2
DG
120 41
DB
DA
225
SD
MS2

ML2 DT TR 0.62 kg 1 unit SE
TL
IM
V20.0 271 MM
MODU DX2 Series - Idler End
Idler End DX2

58 400 225
With Driven Roller

171

58 416 24 225 24
171
Basic unit
Combined Drive with Driven Roller With Free Roller
58 474 57 225 17
153

DX2 IE 400 Basic idler unit 8.4 kg 1 unit
DX2 IE 400 TR With transfer roller 8.6 kg 1 unit
DX2 IE 400 DR With driven roller 10.4 kg 1 unit
272 V20.0
MODU DX2 Series - Beam and Accessories AP
Conveyor Beam DX2 TR
MP
225
MS3
75 MM3
MM3P

DX2 CB 3 19.2 kg 2.4m / beam
ML2P
MX2
Accessories DX2
Slide Rail MT2
22 MR2
9 MA2 SR 25A Anti-Static Grey 2.8 kg 25m/roll MF2
MG
Connecting Strip MB
140 5
25 MA CS 20x140 1.1 kg 10 pcs/pkt
DS3
DM3
T-Slot Cover DL2
DX2
16.4
DT2
DR2
Screw Slide Rail Mounting Tool DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
MA RS 6.5 0.02 kg 50 pcs/pkt MX2 SRA 0.4 kg 1 pc SE
TL
IM
V20.0 273 MM
MODU DX2 Series - Horizontal Plain Bend
Horizontal Plain Bend DX2

58 80
30°
80
DX2 BP 30R500 500 mm 5.8 kg 1 unit
DX2 BP 30R700 700 mm 6.5 kg 1 unit
R DX2 BP 30R1000 1000 mm 8.0 kg 1 unit
R1000: 0.92m 1-way (1.84m 2-way).
58 80
45°
80 DX2 BP 45R500 500 mm 7.0 kg 1 unit
DX2 BP 45R700 700 mm 8.5 kg 1 unit
R
DX2 BP 45R1000 1000 mm 10.0 kg 1 unit
R1000: 1.12m 1-way (2.40m 2-way)
58 80
60°
225
DX2 BP 60R500 500 mm 8.0 kg 1 unit
R 80 DX2 BP 60R700 700 mm 9.5 kg 1 unit
DX2 BP 60R1000 1000 mm 12.0 kg 1 unit
R1000: 1.45m 1-way (2.90m 2-way)
58 80

90°
DX2 BP 90R500 500 mm 10.5kg 1 unit
DX2 BP 90R700 700 mm 13.5 kg 1 unit
DX2 BP 90R1000 1000 mm 15.0 kg 1 unit

R
R500: 1.19m 1-way (2.38m 2-way)
R700: 1.50m 1-way (3.00m 2-way)
R1000: 1.97m 1-way (3.94m 2-way) 80
274 V20.0
MODU DX2 Series - Vertical Bend AP
Vertical Bend DX2 TR
80 5° 70
R1000: 0.25m 1-way (0.5m 2-way) MS3
11 R1000
MM3P
DX2 BV 5R1000 4.0 kg 1 unit
ML2
Vertical Bend, 7°
ML2P
80 7°
70 R1000: 0.28m 1-way (0.56m 2-way)
MX2
17 R1000 -- Connecting strip and set screw included.
MT2
281
DX2 BV 7R1000 5.0 kg 1 unit MR2
MF2
Vertical Bend, 15°
MG
70
R1000: 0.42m 1-way (0.84m 2-way) MB
R1000
416
DX2 BV 15R1000 5.5 kg 1 unit DS3
DM3
Vertical Bend, 25°
DL2
25°
R1000: 0.60m 1-way (1.20m 2-way) DX2
128 -- Connecting strip and set screw included. DT2
70
R1000
575 DX2 BV 15R1000 7.3 kg 1 unit
DR2
DF2
DG

80
R1000: 0.68m 1-way (1.36m 2-way) DA
-- Connecting strip and set screw included. SD
174
R1000 70 Item Code Weight Supply
SE
DX2 BV 30R1000 8.5 kg 1 unit
649
TL
IM
V20.0 275 MM
MODU DX2 Series - Vertical Bend
80
Vertical Bend, 45°

45°

R1000: 0.95m 1-way (1.90m 2-way)
R1000
70
844

DX2 BV 45R1000 10.0 kg 1 unit
80
Vertical Bend, 90°

R1000: 1.73m 1-way (3.46m 2-way)
90° -- Connecting strip and set screw included.
R1000
70
1080

DX2 BV 90R1000 16.5 kg 1 unit

276 V20.0
AP
TR
MODU DT2 MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
Chain Pitch 45.0 mm
MF2
With Bend 1400 N
Without Bend 1500 N
MB
Max Product Weight*
Total Load* 400 kg
DS3
Max speed* 50 m/min
Item Width* <500 mm
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
Chain Width 315mm DB
DA
Contents Belt Elongation Section DT2............. 283
Belt DT2............................................ 278 Bottom Tab (BT) Belt DT2................. 284 SD
Belt Accessories DT2....................... 279 Conveyor Beam (BT) DT2................. 284
Drive Units DT2................................. 280 Accessories DT2............................... 284 SE
Idler Unit DT2.................................... 280 Drive Units (BT) DT2......................... 285
Conveyor Beam DT2......................... 281 Idler Unit (BT) DT2............................ 285
Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) DT2........ 286 TL
Accessories DT2............................... 281
Horizontal Plain Bend DT2................ 282 Belt Installation Section (BT) DT2..... 287
IM
Please consult Belt
MODU Installation SectionforDT2.............
representative 283
further information and assistance. Units: Dimension (mm)
V20.0 277 MM
MODU DT2 Series - Belt
Belt DT2
340 Plastic Plain Curve Belt

315- -- 8.5mm belt gap.
15
59 45

340 Plastic Plain Straight Belt

15


340
316 15
59
17 45 75
*p
(eg. MT2 CC 3x15P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated).

MT2 ST CC 3 *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll
278 V20.0
MODU DT2 Series - Belt AP
TR
340
Friction Belt
316 -- Suitable for conveyor configuration with MP

MM3P
MT2 ZG CF 5 PP White 19.0 kg/roll 5m/roll

ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
5.5 5.5
Side Guard L-R MR2
MF2
75 75
MG
MB
7 7
7 7
MA
DM3
DL2
Belt Accessories DT2
DX2
Belt Pin
DR2

400ml
DG
MA SL 0.35 kg/can 1 can MT2 PC POM 0.12 kg 10 pcs / pkt DB
DA
Belt Lock
SD
SE
IM
V20.0 279 MM
MODU DT2 Series - Drive & Idler Unit
Drive Units DT2

S20 = WA20
Orientation
M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
TR = Free Roller
S: Suspended Drive DT2 DD L S20 TR C
DT2 DD R S47 => Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
Front Drive Unit

320
70 248 359 42
72
144
18

DT2 DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 9.4 kg 1 unit
Idler Unit DT2
70 320 359
144

DT2 IE 320 Basic idler unit 8.3 kg 1 unit
280 V20.0
MODU DT2 Series - Beam and Accessories AP
Conveyor Beam DT2 TR
MP
359
MS3
15
104 MM3
MM3P
ML2
DT2 CB 2.4 18.5 kg 2.4m / beam
ML2P
Accessories DT2
MX2
Slide Rail
14 MT2
6 MR2
MF2
Slide Rail
MG
22
9
MA

25
DL2
DX2
T-Slot Cover
DT2
16.4 DR2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
IM
V20.0 281 MM
MODU DT2 Series - Horizontal Plain Bend
Horizontal Plain Bend DT2

70 200
30°
359 200

DT2 BP 30R900 900 mm 7.2 kg 1 unit
R900
R900: 0.87m 1-way (1.74m 2-way)
70 200
359

200
DT2 BP 45R900 900 mm 8.3 kg 1 unit
R900
R900: 1.11m 1-way (2.22m 2-way)
70 200
60°
359

DT2 BP 60R900 900 mm 10.2 kg 1 unit
R900
R900: 1.35m 1-way (2.70m 2-way)
70 200

359

DT2 BP 90R900 900 mm 14.2 kg 1 unit
R900

R900: 1.81m 1-way (3.62m 2-way) 200
282 V20.0
MODU DT2 Series - Components AP
Belt Installation Section DT2 TR
363
MP
70 300 70 359
MS3
104
MM3
376
MM3P
ML2
DT2 CIS 300 4.9 kg 1 unit ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
Belt Elongation Section DT2 MG
MB
MA
343 359
DS3
DM3
DL2
70 70
400
DX2
DT2
-- Slide rail, connecting strip and set screw included. DR2

DT2 CSS 400 7.3 kg 1 unit
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 283 MM
MODU DT2 Series - Bottom Tab Components
Bottom Tab (BT) Belt DT2
316
30

MT2 BT CP 5 POM White 19.0 kg/roll 5m/roll
320
20
Conveyor Beam (BT) DT2 102
25
320 20
276
102

DT2 BT CB 2.4 18.5 kg 2.4m / beam
Accessories DT2
Slide Rail
22
9
Connecting Strip
140 5 - 4 pcs M8 set screw included.
25
T-Slot Cover

16.4
284 V20.0
MODU MT2 Series - Bottom Tab Drive & IDler End AP
Drive Units (BT) DT2 TR
Gearmotor type (Motovario / Transtechno) MP

M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040
S20 = WA20
M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
Motor Orientation
S30 = WA 30 Guideline MS3
MM3
TR = Free Roller
D: Front Drive MM3P
Clutch
C: Catenary Drive C = With Clutch ML2
S: Suspended Drive DT2 BT DD L S20 TR C
I: Intermediate Drive Front direct drive unit, motor on left ML2P
MX2
DT2 BT DD R S47 => Bottom Tab Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
MT2
MR2
Front Drive Unit
MF2
320
70 248 320 42
MG
72
160 141 MB
18
MA
-- Effective track length: 0.8m DS3

-- Connecting strip and set screw included. DM3
Item Code Description Weight Supply DL2
DT2 BT DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 9.4 kg 1 unit DX2
DT2
Idler Unit (BT) DT2 DR2
DF2
70 320 320
DG
141
DB
DA
Item Code Description Weight Supply SE
DT2 BT IE 320 Basic idler unit 8.3 kg 1 unit TL
IM
V20.0 285 MM
MODU DT2 Series - Bottom Tab pLAIN BEND
Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) DT2

70 200
30°
320 276 200

DT2 BT BP 30R900 900 mm 7.2 kg 1 unit
R900
R900: 0.87m 1-way (1.74m 2-way)
70 200
320 276

200
R900
R900: 1.11m 1-way (2.22m 2-way)
70 200

320 276

R900 200 Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm

R900: 1.35m 1-way (2.70m 2-way)
70 200

320 276

R900

200
R900: 1.81m 1-way (3.62m 2-way)
286 V20.0
MODU DT2 Series - Bottom Tab Components AP
Belt Installation Section (BT) DT2 TR
342 MP
70 300 70 324
MS3
MM3
320 MM3P
ML2
MT2 BT CIS 300 4.9 kg 1 unit ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 287 MM
AP
TR
MODU DR2 MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
Chain Pitch 45.0 mm
MF2
With Bend 1800 N
Without Bend 1900 N
MB
Max Product Weight*
Total Load* 400 kg
DS3
Max speed* 50 m/min
Item Width* <600 mm
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DA
Contents Belt Elongation Section DR2............. 295
Belt DR2............................................ 290 Bottom Tab (BT) Belt DR2................. 296 SD
Belt Accessories DR2....................... 291 Conveyor Beam (BT) DR2................ 296
Drive Units DR2................................. 292 Accessories DR2............................... 296 SE
Idler Unit DR2.................................... 292 Drive Units (BT) MR2........................ 297
Conveyor Beam DR2........................ 293 Idler Unit (BT) DF2............................ 297
Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) DR2........ 298 TL
Accessories DR2............................... 293
Horizontal Plain Bend DR2................ 294 Belt Installation Section (BT) DR2..... 299
IM
Please consult Belt
MODU Installation SectionforDR2.............
representative 295
V20.0 289 MM
MODU DR2 Series - Belt
Belt DR2

15
59 45

Plastic Plain Straight Belt

462


438 15
45
17 75
*p
(eg. MR2 CC 3x15P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated).

MR2 ST CC 3 *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll
290 V20.0
MODU DR2 Series - Belt AP
TR
Friction Belt
462
-- Suitable for conveyor configuration with MP
438

MM3P
MR2 ZG CF 5 PP White 29.2 kg/roll 5m/roll

ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
5.5 5.5
Side Guard L-R MR2
MF2
75 75
MG
MB
7 7
7 7
MA
DM3
DL2
Belt Accessories DR2
DX2
Belt Pin
DR2

400ml
DG
MA SL 0.35 kg/can 1 can MR2 PC POM 0.14 kg 10 pcs / pkt DB
DA
Belt Lock
SD
SE
IM
V20.0 291 MM
MODU DR2 Series - Drive & Idler Unit
Drive Units DR2

S20 = WA20
M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040 Motor Orientation
M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
TR = Free Roller
S: Suspended Drive DR2 DD L S20 TR C
DR2 DD R S47 => Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
Front Drive Unit

320
70 248 480 42
72
144
18

DR2 DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 10.4 kg 1 unit
Idler Unit DR2

70 320 480
144

DR2 IE 320 Basic idler unit 9.8 kg 1 unit
292 V20.0
MODU DR2 Series - Beam and Accessories AP
Conveyor Beam DR2 TR
MP
480
MS3
15
104
MM3
MM3P
ML2
DR2 CB 2.4 20.4 kg 2.4m / beam
ML2P
Accessories DR2
MX2
Slide Rail
14 MT2
6 MR2
MF2
Slide Rail
MG
22
9
MA

25
DL2
DX2
T-Slot Cover
DT2
16.4 DR2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
IM
V20.0 293 MM
MODU DR2 Series - Horizontal Plain Bend
Horizontal Plain Bend DR2

70 200
30°
480 200

DR2 BP 30R1200 1200 mm 8.9 kg 1 unit
R1200
R1200: 1.03m 1-way (2.06m 2-way)
70 200
45°
480

DR2 BP 45R1200 1200 mm 10.5 kg 1 unit
R1200
R1200: 1.35m 1-way (2.70m 2-way)
70 200
480

DR2 BP 60R1200 1200 mm 13.2 kg 1 unit
R1200 200 Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm

R1200: 1.66m 1-way (3.32m 2-way)
70 200

480
90°
DR2 BP 90R1200 1200 mm 16.2 kg 1 unit
R1200

R1200: 2.29m 1-way (4.58m 2-way) 200
70
294 V20.0
MODU DR2 Series - Components AP
Belt Installation Section DR2 TR
MP
484
70 300 70 480
MS3
104
MM3
497 MM3P
ML2
DR2 CIS 300 5.3 kg 1 unit ML2P
MX2
MT2
Belt Elongation Section DR2
MR2
MF2
MG
464 480 MB
MA
DS3
DM3
70 400 70
DL2
DX2
DT2
-- Slide rail, connecting strip and set screw included. DR2

DR2 CSS 400 8.3 kg 1 unit
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 295 MM
MODU DR2 Series - Bottom Tab Components
Bottom Tab (BT) Belt DR2

438
(Bottom Tab)
30
15
59 45

MR2 BT CP 5 POM White 26.4kg/roll 5m/roll
Conveyor Beam (BT) DR2

443
399
102

DR2 BT CB 3 20.4 kg 3m / beam
Accessories DR2
Slide Rail
22
9
Connecting Strip
25
T-Slot Cover

16.4
296 V20.0
MODU DR2 Series - Bottom Tab Drive & IDler End AP
Drive Units (BT) MR2 TR

S20 = WA20
Orientation
M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
S47 = SA47 NIL = Basic Unit MM3
TR = Free Roller
MM3P
ML2
S: Suspended Drive DR2 BT DD L S20 TR C
with Free Roller and Clutch. MX2
DR2 BT DD R S47 => Bottom Tab Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
MT2
MR2
Front Drive Unit
MF2
320
70 248 443 42
MG
72
160 141 MB
18
MA

DR2 BT DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 10.4 kg 1 unit DX2
DT2
Idler Unit (BT) DF2 DR2
70 320 443 DF2
DG
141
DB
DA
DR2 BT IE 320 Basic drive unit 8.3 kg 1 unit TL
IM
V20.0 297 MM
MODU DR2 Series - Bottom Tab pLAIN BEND
Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) DR2

70 200
30°
443 200

DR2 BT BP 30R1200 1200 mm 8.9 kg 1 unit
R1200: 1.03m 1-way (2.06m 2-way)
70 200
45°
443
200
R1200
R1200: 1.35m 1-way (2.70m 2-way)
70 200

443

R1200 200

R1200: 1.66m 1-way (3.32m 2-way)
70 200

90°
R1200

200
R1200: 2.29m 1-way (4.58m 2-way)
298 V20.0
MODU DR2 Series - Bottom Tab Components AP
Belt Installation Section (BT) DR2 TR
MP
465
70 300 70 447
MS3
MM3
443
MM3P
ML2
DR2 BT CIS 300 5.3 kg 1 unit ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 299 MM
AP
TR
MODU DF2 MP
CONVEYOR SERIES
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
Chain Pitch 45.0 mm
MF2
With Bend 2100 N
Without Bend 2200 N
MB
Max Product Weight*
Total Load* 400 kg
DS3
Max speed* 50 m/min
Item Width* <700 mm
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DA
Contents Belt Elongation Section DF2............. 307
Belt DF2............................................ 302 Bottom Tab (BT) Belt DF2................. 308 SD
Belt Accessories DF2....................... 303 Conveyor Beam (BT) DF2................. 308
Drive Units DF2................................. 304 Accessories DF2............................... 308
Drive Units (BT) DF2......................... 309 SE
Idler Unit DF2.................................... 304
Conveyor Beam DF2......................... 305 Idler Unit (BT) DF2............................ 309
Accessories DF2............................... 305 Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) DF2........ 310 TL
Horizontal Plain Bend DF2................ 306 Belt Installation Section (BT) DF2......311
IM
Please consult Belt
MODU Installation SectionforDF2.............
representative 307
V20.0 301 MM
MODU DF2 Series - Belt
Belt DF2
609
585
15
609 609
585 585 59 45
15 15
-- 8.5mm belt gap. 59 59 45 45


609
585
Plastic Plain Straight Belt 15
609 609
59 45
585 585
15 15
59 59 45 45
-- 0mm belt gap.


90
90 90 -- Required for vertical or steeply

585 15 inclined /declined conveyor.
45
585 585 15 15
17 75
45 45
17 17 75 75
*p
(eg. MF2 CC 3x15P 3p = Every 3rd link to be cleated).

MF2 ST CC 3 *p POM White ** kg/roll 3m/roll
302 V20.0
MODU DF2 Series - Belt AP
TR
Friction Belt
609
585
MP
15
609 MS3
585 59 45
15
MM3
59 45
-- Suitable for conveyor configuration with MM3P
-- Friction material : TPE (grey). ML2
-- Staight running chain (0mm gap)
-- Accumulation not possible. ML2P
MF2 ZG CF 5 PP White 39.2 kg/roll 5m/roll MX2
MT2
5.5 5.5 MR2
5.5 5.5
Side Guard L-R MF2
75 75
MG
75 75
MB
7 7
7 7
MA
7 7
7 7
DS3
MT2 CLP G-75 POM White 1.7 kg 50 set/pkt DM3
DL2
Belt Accessories DF2
DX2
Belt Pin
DR2

400ml
DG
MA SL 0.35 kg/can 1 can MF2 PC POM 0.16 kg 10 pcs / pkt DB
DA
Belt Lock
SD
SE
IM
V20.0 303 MM
MODU DF2 Series - Drive & Idler Unit
Drive Units DF2

S20 = WA20
Orientation
M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
TR = Free Roller
S: Suspended Drive DF2 DD L S20 TR C
DF2 DD R S47 => Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
Front Drive Unit
320
70 248 625 42
72
144
18

DF2 DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 12.0 kg 1 unit
Idler Unit DF2

70 320 625
144

DF2 IE 320 Basic idler unit 11.3 kg 1 unit
304 V20.0
MODU DF2 Series - Beam and Accessories AP
Conveyor Beam DF2 TR
MP
625
15 MS3
104
MM3
MM3P
DF2 CB 3 21.0kg 3m / beam ML2
ML2P
Accessories DF2
MX2
Slide Rail
14 MT2
6 MR2
MF2
Slide Rail
MG
22
9
MA

25
DL2
DX2
T-Slot Cover
DT2
16.4 DR2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
IM
V20.0 305 MM
MODU DF2 Series - Horizontal Plain Bend
Horizontal Plain Bend DF2

70 200
30°
625 200
R1700
DF2 BP 30R1700 1700 mm 11.5 kg 1 unit
R1700: 1.29m 1-way (2.58m 2-way)
70 200

625

200
DF2 BP 45R1700 1700 mm 15.2 kg 1 unit

R1700: 1.74m 1-way (3.48m 2-way)
70 200
625 60° Horizontal Plain Bend, 60°

DF2 BP 60R1700 1700 mm 19.0 kg 1 unit
R1700
R1700: 2.18m 1-way (4.36m 2-way)
70 200

90°
DF2 BP 90R1700 1700 mm 25.1 kg 1 unit
R1700

R1700: 3.1m 1-way (6.2m 2-way)
200
306 V20.0
MODU DF2 Series - Components AP
Belt Installation Section DF2 TR
629 MP
70 300 70 625
MS3
MM3
642
MM3P
ML2
DF2 CIS 300 5.9 kg 1 unit ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
Belt Elongation Section DF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
609 625
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
70 400 70
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
DF2 CSS 400 9.3 kg 1 unit SE
TL
IM
V20.0 307 MM
MODU DF2 Series - Bottom Tab Components
Bottom Tab (BT) Belt DF2

585
30
567
15
59 45
-- 8.5mm belt gap.

MF2 BT CP 5 POM White 35.4kg/roll 5m/roll
Conveyor Beam (BT) DF2

590 20
102
25
20

DF2 BT CB 3 21.0 kg 2.4m / beam
Accessories DF2
Slide Rail
22
9
Connecting Strip
25
T-Slot Cover

16.4
308 V20.0
MODU DF2 Series - Bottom Tab Drive & IDler End AP
Drive Units (BT) DF2 TR

Orientation
S20 = WA20
M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
S47 = SA47 NIL = Basic Unit MM3
TR = Free Roller
D: Front Drive
MM3P
Clutch
C: Catenary Drive C = With Clutch ML2
S: Suspended Drive DF2 BT DD L S20 TR C
MX2
DF2 BT DD R S47 => Bottom Tab Front drive unit, motor on right side for SEW SA47 gearmotor.
MT2
MR2
Front Drive Unit
MF2
320
70 248 590 42 MG
72
160 141
MB
18
MA

DF2 BT DD R/L S/M Basic drive unit 12.0 kg 1 unit DX2
DT2
Idler Unit (BT) DF2 DR2
70 320
DF2
590
DG
141
DB
DA
DF2 BT IE 320 Basic drive unit 11.3 kg 1 unit TL
IM
V20.0 309 MM
MODU DF2 Series - Bottom Tab pLAIN BEND
Horizontal Plain Bend (BT) DF2

70 200
30°
590 200 Horizontal Plain Bend, 30°

DF2 BP 30R1700 1700 mm 11.5 kg 1 unit
R1700
70 200
45°
590

200
DF2 BT BP 45R1700 1700 mm 15.2 kg 1 unit
R1700

R1700: 1.74m 1-way (3.48m 2-way)
70 200
590 60°

200 Tolerance: ± 2° & Radius: ± 10mm
R1700
R1700: 2.18m 1-way (4.36m 2-way)
70 200
590
90°

R1700

R1700: 3.1m 1-way (6.2m 2-way)
200
310 V20.0
MODU DF2 Series - Bottom Tab Components AP
Belt Installation Section (BT) DF2 TR
596 MP
70 300 70 590
MS3
102
MM3
618
MM3P
ML2
DF2 BT CIS 300 5.9 kg 1 unit ML2P
MX2
MT2
Gearmotor size (SEW) MR2
M40 = NMRV 040 / CMRV 040
S20 = WA20
M50 = NMRV 050 / CMRV 050
S30 = WA 30
S37 = SA37 Transfer Device MF2
TR = Free Roller MG
rmotor position: L or R DR = Driven Roller
e Clutch MB
Drive NIL = Basic Unit
Drive C = With Clutch MA
d Drive MF2 BT DD L S20 TR C
e Drive Front direct drive unit, motor on left
nd Drive side for 0.55kW SEW geared motor, DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 311 MM
AP
TR
MODU SS CONVEYOR MP
GUIDE (DG)
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
Contents
Side Guide Configuration DG............ 314
SD
Side Guide Bracket DG..................... 315
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 313 MM
MODU Side Guide DG
Side Guide Configuration DG

Guide Assembly
Type 1 Type 2
Guide Assembly - Type 1 Guide Assembly - Type 2

MG RR 12 MG RR 12
Stainless Steel MG BR 2x68 Stainless Steel MG BR 2x68
Guide Rail Guide rail Support Guide Rail Guide rail Support
66
66
192
192
12 12
MG BB 62 MG BB 62
Guide rail bracket Guide rail bracket
Supply: Supply:
Series Max Width Item Code Series Max Width Item Code
DS3 55 DS3 G1 DS3 60 DS3 G2
DSM3 75 DM3 G1 DSM3 80 DM3 G2
DL2 135 DL2 G1 DL2 140 DL2 G2
DX2 215 DX2 G1 DX2 220 DX2 G2
DT2 349 DT2 G1 DT2 354 DT2 G2
DR2 470 DR2 G1 DR2 475 DR2 G2
DF2 615 DF2 G1 DF2 620 DF2 G2
314 V20.0
MODU Side Guide DG AP
Guide Rail
Side Guide Bracket
Bracket DG TR
MG BB 62x12A/C
Type A/C MP
(Use if spacer not required) MG BB 62x12 B MG BB 62x12 B
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MG BS 13 MG BS 13
Type B/C Type A
(Use to mount on conveyor beam) MG BS 13 (Use as spacer in between) MR2
Guide Rail Bracket MG (continued)
Type B/C
(Use to mount on conveyor beam)
MF2
MG
Guide Rail Bracket Type A/C Guide Rail Bracket Type B
MB
39
39
39
39
12 12
MA
12 12
DS3
151
151
151
151
DM3
11
11
53 38 57 38 DL2
53 38 57 38
MG BB 62x12 A/C 0.25 kg 1 pc MG BB 62x12 B 0.25 kg 1 pc
DT2
DR2
Spacer Type A/B/C
Type A Type B/C DF2
Type A Type B/C
DG
73
11
73
11
DB
47 13 13
47 13 13
DA
-- Type A use to increase width by nx13mm
(where n=no. of spacer use) SD
-- Type B for MM3, ML2, MX2, MT2, MR2, MF2
-- Type C for MP, MS3 SE
TL
MG BS 13 A/B/C 0.04 kg 1 pc
IM
V20.0 315 MM
MODU Side Guide DG
30
7
R6
12
119
100 97
64
66
12
64
93
- Single clamp for 12mm diameter shaft.

- Double clamp for 12mm diameter shaft.
MG BR 40H 0.1 kg 1 pc
MG BR 100 0.5 kg 10 pcs/pkt
Guide Rail Connector

40 12
R6
12
100 19
20
M6 13 18
16
15
- Set screw included

DG BB 12 0.2 kg 1 pc
Stainless Steel Guide Rail
12

MG RR 12 2.7 kg 3m
316 V20.0
AP
TR
MODU SS SUPPORT MP
STRUCTURE (DB)
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Contents DA
Support Structure Configuration DB................ 318
Brackets DB.................................................... 319 SD
Components DB.............................................. 320
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 317 MM
MODU Support Structure (DB) - Configuration
Support Structure Configuration DB
Material:
-- Foot plate in stainless steel AISI 303.
-- Beam support bracket in stainless steel AISI 303.
-- Ornamental pipe in stainless steel AISI 303.
Supply:
Type 1 (DB1) - Unipod
Material:
-- Foot cap in stainless steel AISI 303.
-- Two-point foot in Polyamide, glass fibre reinforced, PA 6 GF30%.
Supply:
-- tems are supplied individually.
Type 2 (DB2) - Bipod
Material:
-- Foot cap in stainless steel AISI 303.
-- Three-point foot in Polyamide, glass fibre reinforced, PA 6 GF30%.
Supply:
-- tems are supplied individually.
Type32 (DB3) - Tripod

318 V20.0
MODU Support Structure - Brackets AP
Brackets DB TR
MP
DS3 Beam Support Bracket DM3 Beam Support Bracket
65 85 MS3
MM3
8.5
8.5
MM3P
145
145
ML2
ML2P
127 85 147 85
MX2
MT2
MR2
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply MF2

DS2 BS 100 0.9 kg 1 pc DM3 BS 100 0.9 kg 1 pc
MG
MB
DL2 Beam Support Bracket DX2 Beam Support Bracket
MA
145
225
DS3
DM3
8.
5
145
9
145
DL2
DX2
291 85
207 85 DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply DA

DL2 BS 100 1.1 kg 1 pc DX2 BS 100 1.4 kg 1 pc
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 319 MM
MODU Support Structure - Brackets
Components DB
Ornamental Pipe Foot Base

3000
3000
63
63 .5 3.5
.5 .65 20
63 0
20
0
800 / 1000 / 1200 / L

800 / 1000 / 1200 / L
5
5
DB BT 3 16.6 kg 3m DB FF L ** kg 1 pc
Polyamide Foot, 2-point Polyamide Foot, 3-point

DB FB 2.4 kg 1 pc DB FT 3.6 kg 1 pc
Adjusting Foot Cap, M16 Support Head
74
74
100
100
100
100
Item Code Material Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply

Stainless DB HS 0.3 kg 1 pc
Steel
Stainless
Steel
320 V20.0
AP
TR
MODU MP
ACCESSORIES (DA)
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Contents DA
Fasteners DA..................................... 322
Chain Top Replacements MA............ 324 SD
Beam Accessories MA....................... 325 SE
Return Chain Guide MA.................... 326
TL
Sensor Brackets MA.......................... 328
Lubricant............................................ 328
IM
V20.0 321 MM
MODU Accessories - Fasteners
Fasteners DA
Cap Screw, M6 & M8 Hex Head Bolt, M6, M8 & M10
L
L
L
L
L L Material: Stainless Steel
L L
Material: Stainless Steel Item Code Description Weight Supply
Item Code Description Weight Supply DA BH M6x16 M6 x 16mm 0.6 kg 100 pcs/pkt
DA BC M6x16 M6 x 16mm 0.6 kg 100 pcs/pkt DA BH M6x20 M6 x 20mm 0.8 kg 100 pcs/pkt
L
L
DA BH M10x12 M10 x 12mm 1.3 kg 100 pcs/pkt
DA BH M10x16 M10 x 16mm 2.2 kg 100 pcs/pkt
Lock Nut, M6, M8 & M10 DA BH M10x20 M10 x 20mm 2.3 kg 100 pcs/pkt
Countersunk Screw
M8
M8
M
M8
M8
Material: Stainless Steel
M
M M Material: Stainless Steel
DA NL 6 0.6 kg 200 pcs/pkt
DA SC M8x16 M8 x 16mm 0.7 kg 100 pcs/pkt
M8
M DA SC M8x20 M8 x 20mm 1.0 kg 100 pcs/pkt
Square Nut, M6 & M8

Button Head Bolt
20
L
20
L
20
20
L
20
L
Material: Stainless Steel 20 Material: Stainless Steel
20
L
Item Code
20 20 Weight Supply Item Code Description Weight Supply
DA NS 6 1.3 kg 20100 pcs/pkt DA BB M8x16 M6 x 16mm 1.0 kg 100 pcs/pkt
DA NS 8 1.4 kg 100 pcs/pkt DA BB M8x20 M6 x 20mm 1.1 kg 100 pcs/pkt
Locking Washer Floor Anchor Bolt
11.5
11.5
Material: Stainless Steel Material: Stainless Steel
11.5
Item Code
11.5
Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply
11.5
DA WL 5 0.01 kg 50 pcs/pkt DA BF M10 2.5 kg 50 pcs/pkt
322 V20.0
MODU Accessories - Fasteners AP
Screw TR
MP
MS3
MM3
Item Code Weight Supply MM3P

MA RS 6.5 0.02 kg 50 pcs/pkt
ML2
ML2P
Flat Washer, M6, M8 & M10
MX2
MT2
MR2
- Stainless steel
MF2
MG
DA WL 6 0.25 kg 200 pcs/pkt
DA WL 8 0.48 kg 200 pcs/pkt MB
DA WL 10 0.80 kg 200 pcs/pkt
MA
DS3
Rivet
DM3
DL2
DX2
Material: Brass Nickel plated (3mm)
DT2
MA RR 3 0.02 kg 50 pcs/pkt DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 323 MM
MODU Accessories - Chain Top Replacement
Chain Top Replacements

83 MA
4
27
Friction Pad, MM3 Finger Gripper Pad, MM3

72 6 72 13
25
83 4 12
Wedge Gripper, MM3 Silicone Pad Gripper, MM3
76 27 75 12
25
38
Gripper Box, MM3

77 26
120 6
25
- Box material : TPE (Grey). 28

l Soft MM3 GP 83 BS Soft - 50A 0.2 kg 10 pcs/pkt
Indicator l ll Medium
MM3 GP 83 BM Medium - 60A 0.2 kg 10 pcs/pkt
lll Hard
Friction Pad, ML2 Silicone Pad Gripper, ML2

120 6
120 8
28 28
ML2 FP TPE Grey 0.01 kg 10 pcs/pkt ML2 SG S-45 Silicone Grey 0.5 kg 10 pcs/pkt
120 8
Please consult MODU representative for28further information and assistance. Units: Dimension (mm)
324 V20.0
MODU Accessories AP
Chain Pivot Stainless Steel Pin MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply ML2

MP PV 0.01 kg 10 pcs / pkt MP PN M4x37 0.01 kg 10 pcs / pkt
ML2P
MS3 PV 0.01 kg 10 pcs / pkt MS3 PN M4x37 0.01 kg 10 pcs / pkt
MM3 PV 0.03 kg 10 pcs / pkt MM3 PN M6x53 0.07 kg 10 pcs / pkt MX2
ML2 PV 0.07 kg 10 pcs / pkt ML2 PN M8x73 0.11 kg 10 pcs / pkt
MT2
Beam Accessories MA MR2
MF2
Slide Rail
- For MP, MS3, MM3 & Plastic Belt Series
MG
14
MS SR 25 HDPE Pure White 1.2 kg 25m/roll MB
6
MA
DS3
Slide Rail DM3

- For ML2, MX2 & Plastic Belt Series

DL2
22
9 MA2 SR 25 HDPE Pure White 2.8 kg 25m/roll DX2

DT2
DR2
Connecting Strip
140
DF2
5
25 DG
- 4 pcs M8 set screw included. DB
T-Slot Cover DA
Item Code Material Color Weight Supply SD

16.4 SE
TL
IM
V20.0 325 MM
MODU Accessories
Cap Screw, M6 & M8

158
10
- For MM3 & ML2 Series only
40
10
MA TD 3x158 4.2 kg 3m
40
Cap Screw, M6 & M8

-- MA RC 6x65 - MS3 & MM3 only
6
25 -- MA RC 10x65 - ML2 & MX2 only

614
25 MA RC 6x65 0.03 kg 1 pc
65
MA RC 10x65 0.05 kg 1 pc
*Supplied without holes
14
65
Connecting Strip, MB
20
M8
Used with MB BL 3x40x40
MB BL 3x40x80
20 5
140 MB BL 3x80x80
M8 - Set screw included.
5

140
MB CS 20x140 0.3 kg 10 pcs/pkt
Return Chain Guide MA

MP Return Chain Guide
64
29
8
9 MP RG 0.01 kg 1 pc
ML2 Return Chain Guide

80
40

5
ML2 RG 0.03 kg 1 pc
46
MX2 Return Chain Guide

86

40
MX2 RG 0.06 kg 1 pc
326 V20.0
MODU Accessories - Sprockets AP
MP Drive Sprocket MS3 Drive Sprocket MP

6 6 20
MS3
R10
130 MM3
132 MM3P
ML2
23
27
ML2P
PCD
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
Description: Description: MG
- PCD: 97mm - PCD: 130mm
- Teeth: 12 - Teeth: 16 MB
MP DS 97 0.12 kg 1 pc MA
MS3 DS 130 0.2 kg 1 pc
DS3
MM3 Drive Sprocket ML Drive Sprocket
6 20 DM3
6 20
DL2
130 134
DX2
134
141 DT2
23
23
DR2
DF2
Ø20.00 DG
DB
DA
Description:
- PCD: 97mm SD
Description:
- Teeth: 12 - PCD: 134mm
2 Pcs injection mold SE
- Teeth: 11
Item Code Weight Supply Item Code Weight Supply TL
MM3 DS130 0.5 kg 1 pc ML DS 134 0.2 kg 1 pc
IM
V20.0 327 MM
MODU Accessories - Sprockets
ML2 / MX2 Drive Sprocket MT2 / MR2 & MF2 Drive Sprocket
8 8
25 25
136
130
140
28
28
Description:
-- PCD: 130mm
-- Teeth: 9
-- For ML2 and MX2 drive Description:
-- 2 Pcs injection mold - PCD: 146mm
- Teeth: 18
ML2 DS 130 0.97 kg 1 pc MT2 DS 146 0.2 kg 1 pc
Sensor Brackets MA
Ø12mm Proximity Sensor Ø18mm Proximity Sensor
17
17
30 30
13
13
40.5
38
53
53
12.5 18.5
- Guide rail mount sensor bracket - Guide rail mount sensor bracket
MA BA 12 0.03 kg 1 pc MA BA 18 0.03 kg 1 pc
Lubricant
Lubricant For Chain
Silicone-based lubricant, 400ml

MA SL 0.35 kg/can 1 can
328 V20.0
AP
TR
SPECIAL DEVICES MP
(SD)
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Contents DA
Traffic Controller SD................................... 330
Centering Device ....................................... 334 SD
Automated Side Guide Adjustment............ 335
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 329 MM
SPECIAL DEVICES
Traffic Controller SD
Perpendicular Mechanical Traffic Controller
Application:
- Product flow control / merging *Light-weight *Medium-weight
Arm Length
Applicable Series: Arm Length
- All MODU series
Standard Arm Length:

- 300mm, 350mm & 400mm Arm Angle
Arm Angle
Standard Arm Angle: Applicable for product weight Applicable for product weight
- 180°, 90°, 135° L/R 50g to 2kg. 2kg to 70kg.
90° Configuration
Dir
ec
tio
no
f tr
ave
l�
l�
ve Item Code Description Supply

f tra
ono SD PPTC A90 L L300 Light-weight 1 unit
re cti Directi
Di on of tr
avel� SD PPTC A90 M L300 Medium-weight 1 unit
Please specify arm length,angle and type weight when
placing an order
90°
135° L / R Configuration
l�
ve
f tra
o no
cti
re
Di
avel� Item Code Description Supply
on of tr
Directi
SD PPTC A135-L L L300 Left - Light-weight 1 unit
el�
av SD PPTC A135-R L L300 Right - Light-weight 1 unit
tr
of
c tio
n 135° Left / Right SD PPTC A135-L L M300 Left - Medium-weight 1 unit
re
Di SD PPTC A135-R L M300 Right - Medium-weight 1 unit
placing an order
330 V20.0
SPECIAL DEVICES AP
180° Configuration TR
MP
MS3
l�
el� tra
ve MM3
av f
f tr no
no tio Item Code Description Supply
tio rec MM3P
rec Di
Di SD PPTC A180 L L300 Light-weight 1 unit
SD PPTC A180 R L300 Medium-weight 1 unit ML2
180°
ML2P
placing an order
MX2
MT2
Perpendicular Traffic Controller Selection MR2
MF2
CV speed (m/min)
Traffic Controller
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 MG
Type A (AWA3-30) 25g x 16 25g x 15 25g x 13 25g x 12 25gx 10 25g x 9 25g x 8
MB
Type B (AWA6-30) 100g x 31 100g x 29 100g x 27 100g x 26 100g x 25 100g x 24 100g x 22
Type B (AWA6-30) 500g x 7 500g x 6 500g x 5 500g x 4 500g x 4 500g x 3 500g x 2 MA
Type B (AWA6-30) 1500g x 3 1500g x 2 1500g x 2 1500gx2 N/A N/A N/A
DS3
Type B (AWA6-30) 2000g x 2 2000g x 2 2000g x 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
DM3
-- *(Single Product Weight)g x (Maximum Product Accumulation)
-- * Single Product Weight = Minimum product weight DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 331 MM
SPECIAL DEVICES
Parallel Mechanical Traffic Controller
Direction of
travel
Arm
Height
Cen
ter D
ista
nce
Application:
- Product flow control / merging
Standard Arm Height (H):

- 100mm , 150mm &200mm
Standard Center Distance (C):

- 245mm , 320mm, 545mm & 850mm
Applicable Series:
- All MODU series
Item Code Supply
SD PRTC H*** C*** 1 unit
Example: SD PRTC H100 C145
(Arm height: 100mm; Center distance: 145mm)
Parallel Mechanical Traffic Controller

Application:

Cen
- 100mm , 150mm & 200mm ter D
ista
nce
Arm
Standard Center Distance (C): Height
- 65mm, 85mm, 145mm & 225mm
Applicable Series:
- All MODU series
Direction of
travel
Item Code Supply

SD VTC H*** C*** 1 unit
Example: SD VTC H100 C145
(Arm height: 100mm; Center distance: 145mm)
332 V20.0
SPECIAL DEVICES AP
Parallel Pneumatic Traffic Controller TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
Air Port : 8mm (Dia)
Application: ML2
ML2P
- 100mm , 150mm & 200mm
MX2
Applicable Series:
- All MODU series MT2
MR2
Item Code Supply
MF2
SD PRPTC MS3/MM3/ML2/MX2 H50/H100/H150 1 unit
MG
Example: SD PRPTC MM3 H150
(Arm height: 150mm, conveyor series: MM3)
MB
MS3 MM3 ML2 MX2 MA

P (mm) 105 85-125 145-185 225-265
DS3
Allowable Product Weight (kg) 0.2-2.0 0.2-2.0 0.5-3.0 0.5-8.0
Allowable Product Width (mm) 40-60 60-80 100-140 150-220 DM3
Max. Product Weight (Accumulation) (kg) 10 10 20 30
DL2
Recommended Conveyor Speed (m/min) 10-30 10-30 10-30 10-30
Air port Size (mm) Ø8 Ø8 Ø8 Ø8 DX2
Compressed Air Requirement (Bar) 5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 DT2
Customized configuration available upon request DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 333 MM
SPECIAL DEVICES
Centering Device
Application:
- Helps to position products at the center of the conveyor.
Standard Arm Height:

- 100mm , 150mm &200mm
Applicable Series:
- All MODU series
Direction of
travel
Series Item Code Supply

MP SD MP CD H 100/150/200 1 unit
MS3 SD MS3 CD H 100/150/200 1 unit
MM3 SD MM3 CD H 100/150/200 1 unit
ML2 SD ML2 CD H 100/150/200 1 unit
MX2 SD MX2 CD H 100/150/200 1 unit
Example: SD MS3 CD H200

(Arm height: 200mm; conveyor series: MS3
334 V20.0
SPECIAL DEVICES AP
Automated Side Guide Adjustment TR
Automated side guide adjustment can be configured with up to five different setting to accommodate different MP
product sizes. The automated adjustment process usually takes less than a minute, and manual adjustment can
also be done without affecting the auto configured settings. The Automated side guide system is applicable to MS3
the straight and bend sections.
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
Automated side guide installed at straight section Automated side guide installed at bend section
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
Automated side guide installed at bend section Automated side guide installed at straight section DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 335 MM
AP
TR
SPECIAL MP
EQUIPMENT (SE)
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
Contents DA
Continuous Flow Elevator & Lowerator....................... 338
Gripper Conveyor System........................................... 340 SD
Spiral Conveyor System.............................................. 341
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 337 MM
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
Continuous Flow Elevator & Lowerator
Please specify variable (A) & (B), when placing an order.
MODU System Continuous Flow Elevator / Lowerator is commonly

used to convey food and beverage cases, bagged products, trays,
and other similar items. It is designed for high speed and large
payload capacity. MODU System Continuous Flow Elevators /
Lowerator free up floor space in case/carton palletizing lines,
warehousing, or in work-in-progress storage applications by
transferring products to an overhead conveyor section. This
machine is idle to create aisleways, clearance for forklifts, transfer
product between floors and etc.
specifications:
Power: 230VAC or 415VAC, 3-Phase
Compressed Air: 5bar
Payload: 4.5kg - 30kg
Min Infeed Height: 550mm
Outfeed Height: 2400mm or variable
Throughput: up to 20 cases/min
(depend on product & application)
338 V20.0
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT AP
features TR
- Available in multiple heights, capacities and payload sizes.
MP
- Continuous-flow elevating—no reciprocating action.
- Easy maintenance access panels. MS3
- Universal mounts for any type of infeed and discharge conveyor.
- aluminum frame and also available in stainless steel. MM3
- Comprehensive guarding.
MM3P
- Powered infeed and discharge rollers.
ML2
Order Guideline
- Standard infeed height: 750 & 900mm ML2P
- Standard outfeed height: 2400 & 3000mm
MX2
- Standard lifting capacity: 20 cases/min
- Maximum product size: 400x400x400 mm MT2
MR2
Specification
Part No.
Infeed Height Outfeed Height MF2
SE CFC 7524 750 2400
MG
SE CFC 7530 750 3000
SE CFC 9024 900 2400 MB
SE CFC 9030 900 3000
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 339 MM
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
Gripper Conveyor System
S-Flow S-Flow C-Flow Simple Gripper

(Type 1) (Type 2) Gripper Upender Upender
features Basic functions

� Save floor space and conveyor length 1. Product Elevation
� Maximize space utilization by creating cooling 2. Product De-Puck
buffer at ceiling level. 3. Product Reverting
� Easy integrate with other application such as 4. Creating Passage Way
blower, filling, packaging lines 5. Inverter Air Rinser
� Flexible and lightweight - easy to install and 6. Change Orientation
match with site arrangement layout.
� High capacity vertical transport
� Quick change over time by incorporating
adjustable crank system and digital adjustment
readout.
� Smooth handling of products.
340 V20.0
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT AP
Spiral Conveyor System TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 341 MM
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
Ordering Guideline
342 V20.0
AP
TR
TOOLS (TL) MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 343 MM
Tools
Tools
Chain Pin Insertion Tool
Chain pin insertion tool shown without

attachment & specific drive pin
Item Code Supply

TR CP 1 1 pc
Attachment for chains tools

MP MP AC 1 pc
MS3 MS3 AC 1 pc
MM3 MM3 AC 1 pc
ML2 / DL2 ML2 AC 1 pc
MX2 / DX2
Sliderail Assembly Tools

MP MP SRA 1 pc
MS3 / DS3 MS3 SRA 1 pc
MM3 / DS3 MM3 SRA 1 pc
ML2 / DL2 ML2 SRA 1 pc
MX2 / DX2
344 V20.0
Tools AP
Sliderail Cutter Sliderail Drill Fixture TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
Item Code Supply Item Code Supply
MA SC 1 pc MA SRF 1 pc ML2
ML2P
Rivet Crimping Sliderail Drill Fixture
MX2
MT2
MR2
For MS3 & MM3 Series For MP Series
MF2
MA RC MP 1 pc MA RC 1 pc MG
Drill Bit Mounting Tool For Slide Rail MB
MA
DS3
DM3
-- TR DB 2.5 for MA RS 6.5 DL2

For MT2, MR2 & MF2 Series
-- TR DB 3.2 for MS RR 3 and DA RB 3.2x9
Item Code Supply
Item Code Supply DX2
MT2 SRA 1 pc
TR DB 2.5 1 pc
DT2
TR DB 3.2 1 pc
DR2
Aluminum Extrusion Cutting Blade Guide Rail Bender
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
- Suitable for MG RR 12, SE

- Ø355mm , 108 teeth MG RR 3x18 & MG RR 3x20
TL
TR CB 1 pc TR GB 1 pc
IM
V20.0 345 MM
AP
TR
INSTALLATION MP
MANUAL (IM)
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
Contents DB
Introduction.......................................................348 Start-up and Testing.........................................373
Foot and Support Structure Installation............350 Start-up.............................................................374 DA
Mounting Conveyor Beam Support Bracket.....351 Troubleshooting Guidelines..............................375
Drive Units and Idler Ends................................352 SD
Conveyor Beam Installation.............................352
Slide Rail Installation........................................353 SE
Chain................................................................357
Conveyor Guides System.................................358
TL
Plastic Belt Conveyor Installation.....................361
Installation of Plastic Belt.................................369
Final Preparation..............................................373 IM
V20.0 347 MM
Installation Manual
Introduction
About This Installation Manual
The purpose of this installation manual is to help self-building end user, with basic experience, to assemble a
MODU System conveyor system.
Every chapter includes instruction and photos showing how to assemble the different parts. Most photos in this
manual include parts from MM3 conveyor system, but all instructions are applicable to MS2, ML2 and MX2 convey-
or system unless otherwise specified or noted.
Preparation for Installation

1. Make preparation by studying the assembly drawing prepared by design engineers.
2. Ensure that the necessary tools are available.
3. Make sure you have all the materials and components needed to assemble the conveyor system.
4. Check all materials and components with part list.
5. Make sure you have enough space to mount the conveyor system.
6. Check to see if the floor at the installation site is even so that all feet can be properly attached to the floor.
General Tools
To assemble a MODU System conveyor, you will need the
tools listed below. Although not all are essential, they will
make your assembly work easier and more efficient.
1. Hand tools
a. Box wrench, 10, 13, 17 and 19 mm
b. Allen keys set (metric series)
c. Tap and tap wrench (M6 and M8)
d. Countersink bit
e. Measuring tape
f. Files
g. Socket wrench
h. Screw drivers
i. Pliers
j. Pen knife
k. Soft paced hammer
l. Clamp (for chain installation)
m. Level
2. Power tools
a. Miter saw with cutter for aluminium
b. Hand drill
3. Fasteners
Standard Fasteners Connecting Strip

M6 = Washer, Counter Use for joining end to end
sunk, Cap screw, Nut, of conveyor beams. Use
Lock Nut. Allen key and set screws
attaching the connecting
M8 = Washer, Counter strip to the beam
sunk, Cap screw, Nut,
Lock Nut
348 V20.0
Installation Manual AP
Square Nut T-bolt TR

Slotted into T-slot of Use when attaching support
MODU conveyor and brackets, guide rails and MP
support beam dip tray to the conveyor
beam. MS3
MM3
Cutting MODU System Beams MM3P

Beam lengths – if you have ordered 3m or 6m beams (3m is standard length), they will need to be cut into suitable
length before assembly. Please study your drawing to determine the beam lengths that are required. ML2
-- Saw requirements: ML2P

the miter saw with blade for aluminium is required. The speed to cut aluminium must be higher than cutting the
steel. The saw should has the ability of cutting the largest profile in one single cutting action. MX2
-- Working site: MT2

you should use a special area for cutting beams in order to keep the assembly area clean.
MR2
-- Quality of cut:
if burrs found after cutting, they must be removed prior to assembly. Make sure the cut is straight for proper MF2
assembly.
MG
-- Safety:
all safety precautions issued by the cutting saw manufacturer should be followed at all times. MB
MA
Assembly
The basic MODU conveyor structure consists of four (4) component groups: DS3
a. Conveyor beams, Drive Units, Idler Units and Bends
b. Conveyor Guide DM3
c. Structure System
d. Conveyor Accessories DL2

DX2
The first step in the assembly process is to assemble the support structure which consists of foot, support beams
and beam connectors. Most conveyor support designs are based on vertical support beam combined with horizon- DT2
tal support beams.
DR2
Important!
You must work according to your layout and make sure that the conveyor is supported at regular intervals not
exceeding 3m. DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 349 MM
Installation Manual
Foot and Support Structure Installation

The first step in the assembly process is to assemble the support structure, which consists of feet, support beams
and beam support brackets. Most conveyor support designs are based on vertical support beams, combined, if
necessary, with horizontal support beams. There are also a number of different feet and beam support brackets, so
check which ones are suitable to use in your application tighten the screws using wrench.
foot installation
Step 1 Step 2
Insert hex head screws and Slide the connecting
washers into the holes on the strips or square nuts
side of the foot. into the structural beam
T-slots.
Use the screws to fasten foot
connecting strips or square
nut to the inner side of the
foot.
Step 3 Step 4
Raise the beam from Tighten the screws
the bottom of the foot using a wrench.
approximately 30mm, to
allow for height
adjustment later in the
assembly.
foot Cap installation
Step 1 Step 2
Thread the holes using
6mm tap. Screw the foot cap onto the
Attached the support bracket support bracket.
to the beam by inserting 4
socket head cap screws into
the holes on the support
bracket.
Tighten the screws using an
Allen key.
Step 3
Tighten the nut using the

wrench.
350 V20.0
Connecting Structural Beams TR
Complete conveyor beam are mounted by the structural beam. There are various type of support MP
bracket and they all serve the same purpose. The support bracket are connected to the structural
beams in different ways. MS3
MM3
Angle Bracket installation
MM3P
Step 1 Step 2
Insert the required number Mount the angle bracket ML2
of square nuts into the to the transverse beam in
structural beam T-slot. Mount the same manner. Tighten
the angle bracket using all screws. ML2P
screws and washers.
MX2
MT2
MR2
Connecting Plate installation
MF2
Step 1 Step 2
MG
Insert the required number Mount the connecting plate
of square nuts into the using screws and washer.
structural beam T-Slot. MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
Mounting Conveyor Beam Support Bracket
DX2
Step 1 Step 2
Attached screws, square nuts Insert the square nuts of the DT2
and washers to the support second support bracket into
bracket before mounting. the support beam T-slots.
Slide the square nuts of one Slide the bracket down so that
DR2
support bracket into the it does not protrude above the
support beam T-slots. Tighten support beam. DF2
the screws. Make sure that the
support bracket is aligned DG
with the beam.
DB
Step 3 Step 4 DA
Use a soft hammer or mallet Mount the first support bracket
to mount an end cap on to to the conveyor beam. Pull the SD
the support beam. second bracket up and insert
the T-bolts into the conveyor
beam T-slot. Tighten the nuts. SE
TL
IM
V20.0 351 MM
Installation Manual
Conveyor Beam Installation

Conveyor beams are mounted onto the support structure by means of support brackets. There are few different
types of conveyor beam support brackets. They all serve the same purpose but are connected to the structural
beams in different ways.
Step 1 Step 2
Connect two conveyor
beam ends by inserting Make sure that the set
connecting strips into the screws do not prevent
beam T-slots. Use two the connection strips
connecting strips per beam from sliding into place.
joint.
Step 3 Note!
Assemble the entire conveyor beam structure in same way.
Tighten the set screws if the conveyor beam is too long to mount onto thre
using an Allen key. support structure in one continues length, asemble shorter
lengths and connect them to each other once fastened
to the suport beams.
Drive Units and Idler Ends

This section shows method to mount drive units and idler ends to the frame structure. All drive and idler come with
connecting strips. Attach them to the conveyor beam using an Allen key and the set screws that are included.
Remember!
Conveyor chain should always be pulled, not pushed, by the drive unit.
Step 1 Step 2
Release the four set screws Tighten the set screws
that are inserted into the drive using an Allen key.
unit connecting strips. Insert
the connecting strips into the
T-slot of the beam you want
attached to the end drive unit.
Make sure that the set screws
do not prevent the connecting
strips from sliding into place.
idler end Unit installation
Step 1 Step 2
Insert the idler unit connecting Tighten the set screws
strips into the T- slots of the using an Allen key
beam end and tighten it.
352 V20.0
Slide Rail Installation TR
The slide rail is attached to the sides of the conveyor beam to reduce chain friction where the chain would other- MP
wise be in direct contact with the beam profile. It is very important that the slide rail is installed properly, so that the
chain can run without disruption. MS3
When the conveyor is to be mounted high above the floor level, it might be easier to mount the slide rail onto a MM3
conveyor section while the conveyor beam is still on the floor. If doing so, leave an extra end, approximately 300mm
longer than the beam, so that it can be cut off and adjusted when the beam is finally installed.
MM3P
Step 1 Step 2 ML2

Start the slide rail assembly Make sure the slide rail is
at an idler end proper mounted and snaps ML2P
unit. Separate the top and onto the beam. Please identify
bottom flange of the slide the longer flange of the slide
rail at the end of rail and rail must always face inner MX2
press into place. of the beam.
MT2
MR2
MF2
Step 3 Step 4
Use the slide rail assembly Do not forget to mount slide MG
tool to press the slide rail into rail both underneath and on
place. One end of the tool is the upper side of the beam
MB
to use when slide rail is (unless top running chain only).
mounted onto only one side
of the beam, and the other MA
end is used when you
mount slide rail onto the DS3
second side.
DM3
Joining slide rails DL2
Note! DX2
Try to let the slide rail run in as many continuous lengths as possible, except in circumstances stated below:
-- It is recommended to use short slide rail approximately 2m to 3m where chemicals may have an effect on the DT2
slide rail composition.
-- It is important to cut the slide rail and allow for elongation in high load areas. Cuttings are required in wheel DR2
bends, by idler units and where the conveyor will be heavily loaded, especially by drive units. This prevents the
slide rail from stretching out and entering into the drive unit, which may lock the chain. DF2
-- Never join slide rail in plain bends or vertical bends, since forces are higher on the slide rail in these sections.
Instead, place the joint before the bends. DG
-- Avoid joining slide rail on top of conveyor beam joints.
DB
Step 1 Step 2 DA
Cut both slide rail ends in 45° Allow a space of approximately
angle. The beginning of 10mm between two slide rail SD
the new slide rail section in ends.
the direction of travel must SE
be cut back a small angle.
TL
IM
V20.0 353 MM
Step 3 Simplicity . Solutions
Do not place two slide rail joints
Step 1 Step 2
Cut the slide rail end in The slide rail must be longer
Installation Manual
45° angle. than the conveyor beam itself
and there should be a 10mm
distance between the slide rail
and the wheel of the bend.
Step 3 Make sure that the end of the
Do not place two slide rail joints slide rail is not bent up
opposite each other. Make sure or down.
there is a distance of at least
100mm between them to make
sure the chain run smoothly
(this does not apply to slide rail
Step 3 that begins by an idler end or
Step 4
after drive
Cut the unitrail
slide where joints
in 45° are
angle In the outer bend, make sure
always parallel).
with a short back cut. The that the slide rail is properly
slide rail must be longer than connected to the conveyor
the conveyor beam itself and beam profile.
there should be a 2mm distance
between the slide rail and the
wheel of the bend.
Note!
Diagram below shows cross-section of conveyor beam after slide rails are installed for different size of frames.
X-X cross sectional view
MP MS3 MM3 ML2 MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
DS2 DM3 DL2 DX2
354 V20.0
Installing slide rail in wheel bends TR
Step 1 Step 2
MP
Cut the slide rail end in The slide rail must be longer
45° angle. than the conveyor beam itself
and there should be a 10mm MS3
distance between the slide rail
and the wheel of the bend. MM3
Make sure that the end of the
slide rail is not bent up
MM3P
or down.
ML2
Step 3 Step 4 ML2P

Cut the slide rail in 45° angle In the outer bend, make sure
MX2
with a short back cut. The that the slide rail is properly
slide rail must be longer than connected to the conveyor
the conveyor beam itself and beam profile. MT2
there should be a 2mm distance
between the slide rail and the MR2
wheel of the bend.
MF2
FixingNote!
slide rail by using rivets ( for MP, MS3 and MM3) MG
Step
Step 1Diagram below shows cross-section of conveyor beam after slide2rails are installed for different size of frames. MB
Drill two holes near the beginning
X-X cross sectional viewof each slide rail section. Use the Use a countersink to deburr
MA
drill fixture to ensure clean-cut and countersink the holes.
holes and correct location of Also make sure no metal
the holes. The holes must be at fillings left underneath the DS3
the beginning edge of the joint slide rail.
piece, in the direction of travel, DM3
MP MS3 MM3rail in place
to hole the slide ML2 MX2
when the conveyor in use. Use a DL2
well-sharpened drill bit.
DX2
Step 3 Step 4
MT2
DT2
Insert rivets in the holes, Check that the rivets do not
using rivet crimping tools protrude over the surface of
to crimp the rivets. slide rail. Check both top and
DR2
underneath surface of slide
rail for protruding metal. DF2
MR2 DG
DB
Step 5 DA
Keep a distance of approximately
30mm between rivets and idler MF2 SD
unit. This is in case the idler end
has to be removed after SE
conveyor system assembly.
TL
DS2 DM3 DL2 DX2 IM
V20.0 355 MM
Installation Manual
Fixing slide rail by using screws ( for ML2 and MX2)
Step 1 Step 2
Drill two holes near the beginning
of each slide rail section. Use the Use a countersink to deburr
drill fixture to ensure clean-cut and countersink the holes.
holes and correct location of Also make sure no metal
the holes. The holes must be at fillings left underneath the
the beginning edge of the joint slide rail.
piece, in the direction of travel,
to hole the slide rail in place
when the conveyor in use. Use a
well-sharpened drill bit.
Step 3 Step 4
Insert screws in the holes, Check that the screws do not
using screw bit and hand drill protrude over the surface of
to tighten the screws. slide rail. Check both top and
rail for protruding metal.
Step 5
Keep a distance of approximately
30mm between rivets and idler
unit. This is in case the idler end
has to be removed after
conveyor system assembly.
356 V20.0
Chain TR
When all beams have been assembled and the slide rail is in place, it is time to assemble and mount the chain onto MP
the conveyor system.
MS3
Joining chain ends
Taking the chain apart MM3
-- Line the chain insertion tool up with the pin.
-- Press the trigger until the pin pops out. MM3P
-- Pull the pin out and chain apart.
ML2
a b
Step 1 Step 2
Insert the plastic pivot with Insert the steel pin halfway, ML2P
the slot facing outward. using a pair of pliers.
Always use new steel pins MX2
and plastic pivots when
joining chain ends.
MT2
MR2
MF2
Step 3 Step 4 MG
Line the MODU chain
tool up with the pin. Slowly MB
depress the trigger until
Check that the chain is
the pin seats. MA
flexible in the joint and
that the pin does not
stick out or go through DS3
the other side.
DM3
DL2
Mounting the Chain at Drive Unit
DX2
Step 1 Step 2
Insert the chain into the Feed the chain along the DT2
underside of the drive conveyor by pulling it
unit. Make sure the through the idler unit and DR2
chain will be moving in back to the drive unit.
the correct direction, as
DF2
indicated by the arrow
located at the side of all
chain links. DG
DB
Step 3 Step 4 DA
Joint the chain end.
Stretch the chain and remove SD
links if necessary so that the
chain will exhibit some slack
at the drive unit. Connect the SE
chain ends.
TL
IM
V20.0 357 MM
Installation Manual
Length adjustment of the conveyor chain
-- Adjustment of the conveyor chain is carried out at the drive end of the conveyor.
-- Remove the chain catenary protection plate.
-- The conveyor chain should be tensioned within the conveyor system by pulling down the conveyor chain at
the chain catenary in the underside of the drive unit. Clamp across the conveyor chain to trap the chain on the
beam profile. The clamp should be placed over the edges of the drive unit to reduce the risk of damaging to the
aluminium profile.
-- Remove all slack links from the conveyor chain using chain insertion tool.
-- Rejoin the conveyor chain using a new steel pin and plastic pivot.
-- Remove the chain clamp and replace the catenary protection plate.
Conveyor Guides System

Conveyor guides or guide rails system are used to guide products being conveyed and also to prevent them from
falling off the conveyor.
Guide rails are supported by guide rail brackets attached to the sides of the conveyor beam. Follow the mounting
instruction for the type of bracket used in your application.
Brackets should be placed approximately 500mm to 1000mm apart depending on type of product and if
accumulation occurs or not. If brackets are spaced at greater distances than 1000mm, there is possibility that guide
rails will become deformed due to excessive force.
Mounting of Guide Rails Bracket (Polyamide)
Step 1 Step 2
Insert square nut into T-slot Attach a guide rail tube and
of the beam. Fasten a guide rail guide rail support to the bracket.
bracket using hex head screw Tighten the nut or hand knob.
and washer.
Step 3
Attached the guide rail to Note!
the guide rail support.
Tighten the screw. Spacer can be added to increase side guide width.
Use long bolt when mounting the bracket support and
distance spacer to the conveyor beam. The length of
the bolt is depending on the number of spacer added.
358 V20.0
TR
Mounting of Guide Rail Bracket (Aluminium Distance Tube)
MP
Step 1 Step 2
Insert square nut into T-slot Tighten the distance tube to MS3
of the beam. Insert set screw the set screw.
to the square nut. MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
Step 3 Step 4 MX2

Attached the guide rail bracket
The length of the distance tube MT2
to the distance tube. Tighten
can be added to increase
the screw.
side guide width.
MR2
Attached the guide rail to the
guide rail support.
Tighten the screw. MF2
MG
MB
Connecting Guide Rails
MA
Step 1 DS3
Connecting sleeves are fastened to the guide rail ends with set screws and an Allen key.
Make sure you place the connecting sleeves on the outer side of the guide rail.
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
Installing Guide Rail Cover DF2

To prevent products from being scratched, a plastic guide rail cover can be snapped onto the inside of the guide
rail. Make sure that all cover joints are smooth, so that products do not get caught or damaged. Do not join covers DG
on top of guide rail joints.
DB
Step 1 Step 2 DA
To prevent products from being Make sure that all cover joints
scratched, a plastic guide are smooth, so that products
SD
rail cover can be snapped do not get caught or damaged.
onto the inside of the guide rail. Do not join covers on top
of guide rail joints. SE
TL
IM
V20.0 359 MM
Installation Manual
Guide Rail Bending
Step 1 Step 2
Mark the length of the rail to be Place the rail horizontally
bent. Leave an approximately between the top wheel and
200mm straight section at the lower wheels.
each end. When bending guide rail,
you should start bending from
the centre of the required
radius.
Step 3 Note!
Operate the crank to run the rail To calculate the length of guide rail to be bent,
back and forth while lowering use below formula,
the upper wheel step by step
until the desired radius and L = (2π x r x α)/360
angle is achieved.
Where, L = length of bend, r = radius, α = bend angle
If multiple bends with the same radius are to be made,

note the final position of the upper wheel is indicated to
make sure correct radius of subsequent rails.
It is possible to bend angles up to 180°,
minimum radius is 100mm.
360 V20.0
Plastic Belt Conveyor Installation TR
Mounting Conveyor Beam Support Bracket MP
Tool – box wrench, soft hammer MS3

1. Insert the end cap on both side of the beam using the soft hammer.
2. Place the support bracket in place. Do not tighten the screws. MM3
3. Mount the first support bracket to the conveyor beam. Pull the second bracket up and mount the second
MM3P
support bracket to the conveyor beam. Tighten the screws.
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
(a) (b) (c)
MF2
Assembling Conveyor Beams MG
Tool – Allen key MB

1. Connect two conveyor beam ends by inserting connecting strips into the beam T-slots. Use two connecting
strips per beam joint. MA
2. Make sure that the set screws do not prevent the connection from sliding into place.
DS3
3. Tighten the set screws using Allen key.
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
(a) DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
(b) (c) IM
V20.0 361 MM
Installation Manual
Mounting of Drive Unit

This section shows method to mount drive units and idler ends to the frame structure. All drive and idler come with
connecting strips. Attach them to the conveyor beam using an Allen key and the set screws that are included.
Remember!
Conveyor belt should always be pulled, not pushed, by the drive unit.
Tool – Allen key

1. Release the set screws that come together with drive unit connecting strips. Insert the connecting strips into
the T-slots of the beam you want to attach to the drive unit. Make sure that the set screws do not prevent the
connecting strips from sliding into place.
2. Tighten the set screws using an Allen key.
(a) (b)
Note!
Below mounting instructions are applicable for all type of drive units. Drive units are to be mounted with support leg
as shown.
362 V20.0
Mounting of Idler End TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
Tool – Allen key
1. Insert the idler unit connecting strips into the T-slot of the beam end. MT2
2. Secure the idler end to the beam using an Allen key to tighten the set screws.
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
(a) (b)
DL2
DX2
Installation of Slide Rail
DT2
The slide rail is attached to the sides of the conveyor beam to reduce belt friction where the belt would otherwise
be in direct contact with the beam profile. It is very important that the slide rail is installed properly, so that the belt DR2
can run without disruption. Unit MT2, MR2 and MF2 slide rail have two types of slide rails both at upper and second
upper the beam. First type follow MS2 and MM3 profile and the other type follow MX2 and ML2 profile. This is DF2
important because each slide rail need to fit properly with beam profiles.
DG
When the conveyor is to be mounted high above the floor level, it might be easier to mount the slide rail onto a
conveyor section while the conveyor beam is still on the floor. If doing so, leave an extra end, approximately 300mm DB
longer than the beam, so that it can be cut off and adjusted when the beam is finally installed.
DA
Tools – slide rail assembly tools, slide rail cutter, clinching tool.
SD
1. Start at idler end unit. Separate the top and bottom flange of the slide rail at the end of the rail and press it into
place. SE
2. Make sure that you mount the slide rail so that it snaps onto the beam. Wrong slide rail orientation will not lock
alike, so check which flange should be on top. TL
3. Use the slide rail assembly tool to press the slide rail into place.
IM
V20.0 363 MM
Installation Manual
4. Do not forget to mount slide rail both underneath and on the upper side of the beam.
5. Mount the center slide rail by placing it on the center of the beam spacer according to the drawings dimensions.
Make holes exactly on the center of the beam. Place square nut into the beam T-slot and screw it together with
center slide rail.
6. Tighten the screw of the center slide rail so that it can hold in place. Mount the slide rail into the center slide
rail and press it nicely with tools. Cut the excessive slide rail leaving with only small gap at the end of the slide.
(center slide rail only applicable for MR2 and MF2, and for MT2 does not require center slide rail)
(a)
(b)
(c) (d)
364 V20.0
TR
(e)
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
(f)
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
Important!
Below shows cross section view of conveyor beam after slide rails are installed for every sizes of frame. DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 365 MM
Installation Manual
Joining of Slide Rails
The joints on the slide rails must have a distance of 100mm between them. The joints should be laid out as in the
picture with gap of approximately 10mm between the rails.
Tool – slide rail cutter

1. There are two types of slide rails, one upper and one is at second upper. Cut both slide rail ends in 45º angle.
The beginning of the new slide rail section in the direction of travel must be cut back at small angle. Do it
similarly with slide rails underneath the beam.
2. Follow the same method with the second upper slide rails. Allow a space of approximately 10mm between two
slide rail ends.
3. Do not place two slide rail joints opposite each other. Make sure there is a distance of at least 100mm between
them to make sure the belt run smoothly (this does not apply to slide rail that begins by an idler end or after
drive unit where joints are always parallel).
(a)
(b)
366 V20.0
Note! TR
Try to let the slide rail run in as many continuous lengths as possible, except in circumstances stated below:
1. It is recommended to use short slide rail approximately 2m to 3m where chemicals may have an effect on the MP
slide rail composition.
MS3
2. It is important to cut the slide rail and allow for elongation in high load areas. Cuttings are required by idler
units and where the conveyor will be heavily loaded, especially by drive units. This prevents the slide rail from
MM3
stretching out and entering into the drive unit, which may locK he belt.
3. Never join slide rail in plain bends or vertical bends, since forces are higher on the slide rail in these sections. MM3P
Instead, place the joint before the bends.
4. Avoid joining slide rail on top of conveyor beam joints. ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
Joining of Center Slide Rails
Tools – slide rail cutter, clinching tool MR2
1. Cut the center slide rails end at small 45° angle. The beginning of the new slide rail section In the direction of
the travel must be cut back a small angle as well. MF2
2. Join the center slide rail just before the center slide rail support bracket according to the
MG
belt direction mounted.
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
(a) (b) DT2
DR2
DF2
Installation of Slide Rails Using Screws
Tools – hand drill, slide rail drill fixture, drill bit (TR DB 2.5), screw bit DG
1. Drill two holes near the beginning of each center slide rail section. Use the drill fixture to ensure clean-cut holes DB
and correct location of the holes. The holes must be at the beginning edge of the joint piece, in the direction of
travel, to hole the slide rail in place when the conveyor in use. Use a well-sharpened drill bit. DA
2. Use a countersink to de-burr and countersink the holes. Also make sure no metal fillings left underneath the
slide rail. SD
3. Insert screws in the holes, using screw bit and hand drill to tighten the screws.
SE
4. Check that the screws do not protrude over the surface of slide rail. Check both top and Underneath surface of
slide rail for protruding metal.
TL
IM
V20.0 367 MM
Installation Manual
Installation of Chain Installation Section (CIS) into the Beam

Chain Installation Section (CIS) purpose is to help belt chains slides into the conveyor slide rail or remove it
from conveyor. CIS is a joint beam that can be opened the upper slide rails to give space for belt to slide into the
conveyor.
CIS has no specific area or position to install, but usually it can be install in between any beams or before any plain
bend. The joint should be laid in between beams like the picture below:
TOP VIEW: CIS SIDE VIEW: CIS
Tool – Allen key

1. Release the set screws that come together with chain installation section strips. Insert the connecting strips into
the T-slots of the beam you want to attach to the chain installation section unit. Make sure that the set screws
do not prevent the connecting strips from sliding into place.
2. Tighten the set screws using an Allen key.
368 V20.0
Installation of Plastic Belt TR

The belts usually been delivered in one meter per rolls. It is use to move or transport product from one place to the
MP
other place. Belts are generally easy to install and have very minimum maintenance for users.
The belts are long connected chains that were put together unit by unit. MS3
MM3
Joining Belt Ends & Removing Belt MM3P
Accessories – belt rods and lock pin supplied with belt ML2
1. Join the belt by using the locks and rod. First by pressing the lock onto one end until it “snaps”.
2. nsert the rod and final press the lock on the open end to join the belts. ML2P
3. To remove the belts using screw driver slightly push the lock pins at the gap until it snaps. MX2
4. Remove the rod by pushing one end to be able to pull the rod out.
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
(a) (b)
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
(c) DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 369 MM
Installation Manual
Mounting the Belt

Tool – pin puncher, hammer
1. Inserting the belt from the top: insert the front of the belt pointing towards the drive.
(Follow the belts arrow) Inserting the belt from the bottom: insert the front of the belt pointing from the drive.
Depending on the belt installation section orientation Top or Bottom
2. Insert the belt and push it forward.
3. To assemble the belt section with the previous belt section, bring together the links on the two belts and insert
the rod.
4. Press the lock into the belt until it “snaps” in place.
5. Continue inserting required number of belts. When the total number of belts are installed and stretched, there
should be a total slack of 200-300mm compressed belt for the whole belt length.
6. Fitting the belt in the drive unit.
7. It is important the belt fits into the cogs, if the belt is not properly fitted on the cogs, it will bypass the teeth of the
cogs when operating the conveyor.
8. The profile needs to be mounted horizontally. When center slide rail are used, too high or too low will form a
concave or convex profile.
(a)
(b)
370 V20.0
TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
(c) (d)
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
(e) (f)
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
(g) DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 371 MM
Installation Manual
(h)
Length Adjustment of the Conveyor Belt

1. Adjustment of the conveyor belt is carried out at the belt installation section or belt elongation section.
2. Unscrew the two screws and remove the cover on both sides of the belt installation section or belt elongation
section.
3. The conveyor belt should be tensioned within the conveyor system by pulling down the conveyor belt at the belt
catenary in the underside of the drive unit. Clamp across the conveyor belt to trap the belt on the beam profile.
The clamp should be placed over the edges of the drive unit to reduce the risk of damaging to the aluminum
profile.
4. Remove all slack links from the conveyor belt by following the procedure of joining belt ends and removing belt
section.
5. Remove the belt clamp and replace the catenary protection plate.
372 V20.0
Final Preparation TR
Plug beam ends MP

Make sure that end caps have been fitted to all aluminium profile ends. The beam profile should be deburred before
fixing end caps. It may be necessary to tap the cap into position using a soft-face hammer. MS3
Anchor feet to the floor MM3

After the assembly of all components it may be necessary to anchor the conveyor feet to the floor. Use floor anchor
bolt (MA BF M10) to anchor the feet. MM3P
Instability of the conveyor during operation may result is a dangerous operating environment or damage the con-
veyor components. ML2
Other preparation ML2P

-- Adjust the height of the structural beam if necessary.
-- Make sure that the installation is stable and that all screws have been properly tightened. MX2
-- Use a plummet and/or water-level to make sure that the construction is not askew.
-- Make sure that all electrical equipment and power supply are properly connected. MT2
-- Make sure that the conveyor is running in the correct direction before starting the conveyor!
-- Never run the conveyor with tightened slip clutch until you have ensured that the running direction is correct. MR2
-- Tighten the slip clutch to a suitable friction.
-- Make sure that the transmission cover is attached to the drive unit. MF2
-- In pallet installations, make sure that all pneumatic equipment is properly connected. Remember that conveyor
chains should always be pulled, not pushed, by the drive unit. MG
All pinch and shear points as well as other exposed moving parts that present a hazard to employee at their work- MB
stations or their passageways must be safeguarded.
Cleated conveyor chains are more susceptible of creating pinch and shear points than plain chain.
When two or more pieces of equipment are interfaced, special attention must be given to the interfaced area to MA
ensure proper safeguarding.
For overhead equipment, guards must be provided if products may fall off the equipment for some reason. The DS3
same applies to all incline, decline and vertical conveyors.
DM3
DL2
Start-up and Testing
DX2
Safety considerations
To eliminate the risk of accidents, it is important to be aware of certain areas of the conveyor where special caution DT2
is required, during installation, operation and maintenance. Some areas present a higher danger to personal safety,
and because of this various kinds of safety devices need to be installed.
DR2
-- All pinch and shear points as well as other exposed moving parts that present a hazard o employees at their
DF2
workstations or their passage ways must be safeguarded.
-- Cleated conveyor chains are more susceptible of creating pinch and shear points than plain chain.
DG
-- When two or more pieces of equipment are interfaced, special attention must be given to the interfaced area to
ensure proper safeguarding.
DB
-- For overhead equipment, guards must be provided if products may fall off the equipment for some reason. The
same applies to all incline, decline and vertical conveyors.
DA
Safeguarding can be achieved by:
SD
Location – locate the hazardous area out of reach of the personnel involved.
Guards – mechanical barriers preventing entry into the hazardous area or protecting SE
against falling goods.
Control devices – machine controls preventing or interrupting hazardous conditions. TL
Warnings – instructions, warning labels, or sound or light signals, alerting on hazardous conditions.Warnings
shall be used when other means of safeguarding will impair the function of the installation.
IM
V20.0 373 MM
Installation Manual
Start-up
Lubrication
The conveyor chain is lubrication free. However, for some specific application where the operating environment is
particularly hostile, regular lubrication of the slide rail/conveyor chain will result in lower coefficient of friction, longer
life and reduce running cost. Use a silicon-based lubricant.
Wear
The number of wear on a conveyor depends on some factors, such as running time, load/contact pressure, speed,
product accumulation, sharp/rough product, chemicals, contamination, temperature and plain bend.
Try to minimize the running time for the conveyor by stopping it when there is no transport.
Multiple horizontal and vertical plain bends in a conveyor will often result in increasing wear. Also, the contact sur-
face between chain and slide rail is small and the chain pull is acting towards the slide rail in the bends.
Run in period
Two or three days are usually enough as a run in period. During this time, the conveyor should be cleaned a couple
of times to remove dust.
Remove the chain and clean it with warm water (around 50°C), use soap if necessary.
After cleaning, re-install the chain. After run in, wear will minimum, unless particles from product or process reach
the conveyor continuously.
Chain elongation
During the run in period, regular checks should be made to the elongation of the conveyor chain. This is especially
important if the conveyor is transporting high loads or is of long overall length.
Regular inspections of the chain elongation are important. The chain should be shortened after run in time of 40
hours.
374 V20.0
Troubleshooting Guidelines TR
MP
Symptom Cause Correction
Damaged or badly fitted slide rail Inspect and replace as necessary MS3
Check/replace transmission chain, chain drive
Worn transmission parts MM3
sprocket
Jerky running Wrongly adjusted slip clutch Check and adjust slip clutch
MM3P
Conveyor chain is too tight/loose Tension conveyor chain correctly
Clean conveyor chain and slide rail. Lubricate ML2
Dirty conveyor
with silicone based lubricant
ML2P
Worn or damaged bearings in drive unit Check/replace drive unit
Check the free running of the chain, especial- MX2
Damaged/badly fitted slide rail
ly in slide rail joints
Noise
Lower speed. Check actual load against MT2
Excessive conveyor speed
recommended loading
MR2
Incorrect conveyor chain tension Tension conveyor chain correctly
Remove products from conveyor and test run MF2
Overloaded conveyor Check actual conveyor load against recom-
mended loading MG
Motor overheating
on drive unit Check output shaft seal and area around
Gearbox leaking oil
motor/gearbox interface MB
Dirty conveyor Clean the chain and slide rail
MA
Remove products from conveyor and test run
Check the free running of the conveyor chain DS3
Overloaded conveyor
Check actual conveyor load against recom-
mended loading
DM3
Check against recommended temperature for
Abnormal wear on Ambient temperature too high
conveyor DL2
plastic parts
Chemicals in the environment are affecting Check in MODU System catalogue (section
plastic parts TR) for listing of incompatible chemicals DX2
Damage due to ingress of contaminate Clean the system
DT2
Particles, swarf etc Remove source of contamination
Wrongly adjusted slip clutch Check adjustment of slip clutch. DR2
Drive unit is
Friction disc in slip clutch are worn or
running, conveyor Check and replace if necessary DF2
contaminated
chain is not
Transmission products are not fitted Check and fit DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 375 MM
AP
TR
MAINTENANCE MP
MANUAL (MM)
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
Contents
General............................................................................378 DG
Safety Precautions..........................................................378
System Maintenance.......................................................379 DB
Maintenance Instructions................................................379
Maintenance Guides.......................................................379
DA
Troubleshooting Guidelines.............................................380
Introduction to Drive Units...............................................381
Inspection of Drive Units.................................................382 SD
Inspection of Conveyor Chains.......................................383
Inspection of Slide Rails..................................................385 SE
Conveyor Beams, Idler Ends and Bends........................385
Inspection of Safety Features..........................................386 TL
Replacement of Worn Conveyor Chain...........................386
Replacement of Worn Slide Rails....................................387 IM
Slide Rail Fixing Instructions...........................................388
V20.0 377 MM
Maintenance Manual
General
This maintenance manual allows the users to maintain the conveyor in a proper manner which will ensure the
safe maintenance, smooth operation and maximum life span of the system.
Please read and understand this manual before operate or perform maintenance on the system.
Nothing of this documentation may be reproduced in any form without the written permission of the manufacturer.
Safety Precautions
DO NOT ATTEMPT MAINTENANCE ON ANY CONVEYOR WHILE IT IS IN

OPERATION.
Before Maintenance
-- Maintenance functions can only be performed after all electricity supply is switched off. All motor switches
should be switched off and locked in the off position.
-- Pneumatic power must be disconnected and any pressure accumulation must be released.
-- Never work on a conveyor while it is running, unless maintenance procedure requires operation. When a con-
veyor must be operating to perform the maintenance; allow only proper trained maintenance personnel to work
on the conveyor.
-- Remove all remaining product from the conveyor system.
-- Staff affected must be informed that maintenance work is being undertaken.
During Maintenance
-- Do not wear loose clothing while performing maintenance on operating equipment.
-- Be aware of hazardous conditions, such as sharp edges and protruding parts.
intermediate Drive Unit
-- When using hoists, cables or other mechanical equipment to perform maintenance, use care to not damage
conveyor components. Mis-aligned parts are dangerous as conveyor is started after maintenance is completed.
-- Keep area clean. Clean up lubricants and other materials before starting conveyor.
-- Must equip with Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as safety glass, safety shoe, safety helmet etc
when performing maintenance.
After Maintenance Intermediate Drive Unit with return chain, located at an

intermediate position along the conveyor. This drive unit is
-- Before starting any conveyor after maintenance is completed, walk
applicable for MS2,around theonly.
MM3 and ML2 equipment and make certain all
safety devices and guards are in place, pick up tools, maintenance equipment and clear any foreign objects
from equipment.
-- Make certain all personnel are clear of the conveyor and made aware that the conveyor is about to be started.
-- Only authorized personnel should be permitted to start any conveyor following maintenance or emergency
shut-off.
378 V20.0
Maintenance Manual AP
System Maintenance TR
Introduction MP
This manual is designed to provide assistance for your planned maintenance schedule. It may become evident that
the suggested maintenance interval can be extended to accommodate your local environmental condition. MS3
Maintenance of the MODU System conveyor systems shall only be done by competent/proper trained personnel MM3
who are familiar with MODU System products. If there is any doubt, please consult your MODU System product
supplying agent. MM3P
Non MODU System Product ML2

Products or system which are not from MODU System family of products, its maintenance shall be carried out
accordance with their respective manufacturer’s instructions.
ML2P
Warning MX2
Do not climb onto any MODU System conveyor systems.
MT2
Maintenance Instructions MR2
Introduction MF2
This maintenance manual contains maintenance guide for MODU System standard component as listed in MODU
System Product Catalogue. For non MODU System components such as motors, sensors, pneumatic components, MG
control systems etc., the manufacturer maintenance instructions apply. This manual does not include maintenance
instruction for equipments which customer has chosen and specified for fitting to the installation. MB
Recommended Spare Parts List MA

Recommended spare parts list is shown in Appendix A. User of MODU System conveyor system shall keep at least
a complete set of recommended spare parts. DS3
If there is a demand for spare parts, please contact MODU System or your supplying agent.
DM3
Maintenance Schedule and Inspection Guidelines
A suggested maintenance schedule and inspection guidelines are shown in section 4 Maintenance Guides. DL2
Warranty Claim DX2

MODU System conveyors are covered by warranty as agreed within the trading term and/or Order
Acknowledgement.
DT2
DR2
DF2
Maintenance Guides DG
Maintenance Schedule DB
MODU System conveyors are designed to run 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, with minimum maintenance. For
non MODU System components such as geared motors, sensors, pneumatic components, control systems etc., the DA
manufacturer maintenance instructions apply.
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 379 MM
Maintenance Manual
Table below shows MODU System conveyors the maintenance schedule.
No Section General checks No of operating hours / time interval

Check sprocket, chain return
First 50, 250 and 500 hours.
1 Drive Unit guide, chain guards and lubrica-
Then every 500 hours.
tion.
Check chain guides and chain
2 Idler End Every 1000 hours.
guards.
Clean. Every day.
Check wear or crack. Every 2000 hours.
3 Chain
First 40 and 200 hours.
Check tension.
Then every 1600 hours.
Check slide rails at horizontal and Every 200 hours.
vertical bends.
4 Slide Rails
Check and clean slide rails of the
Every 1500 hours.
conveyor system.
6 Safety Features Check for function as required. At least once a year.
Troubleshooting Guidelines
In the course of conveyor operation, periodic inspection of the conveyor system is required to prevent of any
breakdowns and failures. MODU System conveyors should be inspected while the system is running as well as
when it is shut down.
Table below shows troubleshooting guidelines.
Symptom Cause Correction

Damaged or badly fitted slide rail. Inspect and replace as necessary.
Conveyor chain is too tight/loose. Tension conveyor chain correctly.
Jerky running
Clean conveyor chain and slide rail.
Dirty conveyor.
Lubricate with silicone based lubricant.
Worn or damaged bearings in drive unit. Check/replace drive unit.
Check the free running of the chain,
Damaged/badly fitted slide rail.
especially in slide rail joints.
Noise
Lower speed. Check actual load
Excessive conveyor speed.
against recommended loading.
Incorrect conveyor chain tension. Tension conveyor chain correctly.
Remove products from conveyor and
test run.
Overloaded conveyor.
Check actual conveyor load against
Motor overheating recommended loading.
on drive unit
Check output shaft seal and area
Gearbox leaking oil.
around motor/gearbox interface.
Dirty conveyor. Clean the chain and slide rail.
380 V20.0
TR
Remove products from conveyor and
test run. MP
Check the free running of the conveyor
Overloaded conveyor.
chain.
MS3
Check actual conveyor load against
recommended loading.
MM3
Abnormal wear on Check against recommended tempera-
Ambient temperature too high.
plastic parts ture for conveyor.
MM3P
Check in MODU System catalogue
Chemicals in the environment are affecting
(section TR) for listing of incompatible ML2
plastic parts.
chemicals.
Damage due to ingress of contaminate Clean the system. ML2P
Particles, swarf etc. Remove source of contamination.
MX2
Drive unit is Friction disc in slip clutch are worn or contam-
Check and replace if necessary.
running, conveyor inated. MT2
chain is not Transmission products are not fitted. Check and fit.
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
Introduction to Drive Units
MA
There are five different types of drive unit, namely Front Drive Unit, Combined Drive Unit, Suspended Drive Unit,
Catenary Drive Unit and Intermediate Drive Unit. DS3
DM3
Combined Drive Unit DL2
DX2
front Drive Unit
DT2
DR2
Combined Drive Unit with return chain, located at an
intermediate position along the conveyor. This drive unit
is applicable for all conveyor series. DF2
Front Drive Unit with return chain, located at the
“pulling” end of the conveyor. This drive unit is applicable
for all conveyor series. DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 381 MM
Maintenance Manual
suspended Drive Unit

Catenary Drive Unit
Catenary Drive Unit without return chain, located at an Suspended Drive Unit with return chain, located at the
intermediate position along the conveyor. This drive unit is “pulling” end of the conveyor. This drive unit is applicable
applicable for MM3 only. for MS2, MM3 and ML2 only.
intermediate Drive Unit
Intermediate Drive Unit with return chain, located at an

intermediate position along the conveyor. This drive unit is
applicable for MS2, MM3 and ML2 only.
Inspection of Drive Units

Roller Chain or Timing Belt Transmission
The roller chain or timing belt transmission should be check and lubricated after 50, 250 and 500 hours of opera-
tion, and then every 500 hours.
If the roller chain or timing belt transmissions are not fitted with a tensioner it should be checked on this occasion.
At the same time as the tension is checked, the roller chain must be lubricated.
If the transmissions are fitted with a chain tensioner, lubrication of roller chain should only be carried out at the
stated interval. The condition of the chains must be checked at the same time.
(Note: The discs in the slip clutch must be kept free from oil and grease.)
Geared Motor
The geared motor should be checked in accordance with the instructions from the relevant supplier.
Guides for the Conveyor Chain
The purpose of the guide for the conveyor chain is to guide the return chain correctly into the drive unit.
Fully guided drive unit do not have guides. On these, no slack is allowed at the drive unit since the conveyor chain
is being controlled all the time. Special attention must be given to chain elongation in conveyor of this configuration.
Example of conveyor of this configuration is gripper conveyor.
382 V20.0
TR
Below photos show 2 type of chain guide.
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
General Check on Drive Unit
Carry out a general inspection of the drive unit: MT2
Check particularly that the protective covers for the roller chain or timing belt are complete and firmly in place.
Replace damaged/worn parts. MR2
MF2
Inspection of Conveyor Chains
Conveyor Chains MG
The most common types of conveyor chains are:
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
Types of MODU Conveyor Chains
Caution! DF2
Only warm water (50°C), with soap if necessary, may be used for cleaning conveyor chain.
DG
DB
Checking the Tension of Conveyor Chain DA

The chain is made of elastic material. The chain eventually stretches as the material creeps. The extent of the
stretch depends on the traction force in the chain. The stretch shows itself as slack on the return side of drive unit. SD
The tension of the chain should be checked after 40 and 200 hours of operation and thereafter every 1600 hours. SE
In operation there will be some slack in the conveyor chain. How much slack is acceptable depends on the length of
the conveyor chain. The most suitable places to check the slack in the chain is at the drive unit. TL
IM
V20.0 383 MM
Maintenance Manual
Important!
The chain should be pre-tensioned while the conveyor is stationary, but must never be so tight that there is no slack
during operation. There should be no appreciable slack on the chain when the conveyor is stationary. This can,
however, vary depending on the total length of the chain. If there is too much slack, there will be excessive wear on
the chain guides and the chain. This could be a risk for injury.
If the slack on the conveyor chain is unacceptably high, it must be shortened by splitting the chain and removing
necessary number of links.
If the conveyor has a fully guided drive unit with no chain slack take up, the elongation of the chain has to be moni-
tored even more carefully, to ensure a trouble free operation.
The conveyor chain does not need to show any slack when the conveyor
chain is stationary
The conveyor chain must show some slack during operation
Shortening Conveyor Chain

The most suitable place to shorten the chain is at the drive unit.
Instructions
-- Make the conveyor chain accessible at some of the over-

head positions.
-- Remove the steel pin (1) from the pivot (2). Use the pin
insertion tool.
-- Remove the necessary number of links.
(Note: With cleated or friction chains, pay attention to the
divisions between links.)
-- Join the chain together with a new pivot.
(Note: the old pivot should not be re-used. When the chain is
divided, a new pivot must always be fitted.)
-- Insert the steel pin using the pin insertion tool.
-- After inserting the steel pin, check that it is centered and that
the chain easily bends in the fitted link. Chain Joint Components
384 V20.0
Inspection of Slide Rails TR
MP
Checking Slide Rail
The condition of the slide rails is fundamental to the functioning of the installation. It is therefore essential that these
are in good condition. MS3
MM3
Checking the Slide Rail with the Conveyor Chain in Place
The slide rail must be checked after every 200 hours’ operation. Carry on the checking on a stationary conveyor MM3P
with the chain in place.
ML2
-- Check the fastening points on the slide rail.
-- Check the joints on the slide rail. Below shows correct configuration of joints. ML2P
-- Check that there is a gap between the slide rails and that the joints are correctly fitted.
-- Check that the joints are not deformed. MX2
-- Check that the slide rail has not been broken off.
MT2
Replace the slide rail if necessary.
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
Checking the Slide Rail, Conveyor Chain Removed
At least once a year or after every 2000 hours’ operation, the chain should be removed from the beam and the slide DL2
rail carefully checked for wear and fastening.
DX2
Plain bend should be checked after every 500 hours’ operation, since these are subjected to higher loads.
DT2
-- Carry out the same checks as were carried out during “Checking the Slide Rail with the Conveyor Chain in
Place”. DR2
-- Check the slide rail for wear and tear.
-- Check in particular the inner slide rail in plain bends, since the stresses here are particularly high. DF2
-- Check the slide rails for scratches and notches.
-- Replace the slide rail and fasteners if necessary. DG
-- Wash the conveyor chain.
DB
DA
Conveyor Beams, Idler Ends and Bends
The conveyor beams themselves do not normally require and regular inspection. Be observant for damage arising
from external factors, warping or deformation. Deformation can cause the conveyor chain to jam, resulting in SD
uneven running.
SE
Idler ends and wheel bends do not normally require any special inspection, but they should be checked when the
slide rails are inspected. TL
IM
V20.0 385 MM
Maintenance Manual
Large radius plan bends may have inner support rails fitted to the beam. Ensure that these rails (if fitted) are not
worn, paying particular attention to the “lead-in” area.
Inspection of Safety Features

Protective and Safety Features
Safety features should be checked at regular intervals.
-- Check the chain guard for roller chain or timing belt transmission. This guard must always be in place when the
conveyor is running.
-- Check the protective cover on the cleated chain conveyor return chain.
-- Drive units have a slack protection for the conveyor chain. Check the slack protection plates are in place and that
the chain does not slacken enough to hang below the “M” mark on protection plates.
-- There may be other types of guard which are specific to your installation and these must also be inspected.
Slack must not hang below “M” mark
Chain guard for roller chain or timing belt
Replacement of Worn Conveyor Chain

Removal of Conveyor Chain
-- Ensure that the power to the drive motor is disconnected.
-- Disengage the motor; there are various methods depending on the type of drive unit.
-- Split the chain by removing the steel pin from the pivot. Use the special tool for insertion or removal (see
Shortening Conveyor Chain section).
-- Pull out the chain.
386 V20.0
Fitting the Conveyor Chain TR

-- Run a sample, approximately 0.3m of conveyor chain through the installation in the direction of the conveyor.
Check that the chain moves easily and correctly through the bends and idlers ends. Check at the same time that MP
there is enough space for chain.
-- Put the new conveyor chain in place. Check that the chain direction corresponds to the conveyor direction. MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
Checking of Conveyor Chain Space
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
Conveyor Chain Direction
Replacement of Worn Slide Rails DS3
Replacing Slide Rails DM3

It is very important the assemble slide rail correctly to ensure smooth system operation.
DL2
Follow the illustrated instruction on the following pages carefully. Observe the following points:
DX2
-- Slide rail cutter – single cut pliers are suitable tools for cutting the slide rails.
-- Use slide rail mounting tools. DT2
-- Use drill fixture.
-- Use a high quality drill bit to avoid forming a shoulder, preferably one which is intended for drilling aluminium. DR2
DF2
MS2 SRA
MM3 SRA
MT2 SRA
MX2 SRA DG
1
DB
2 DA
Slide rail mounting tool

SD
When fitting the slide rails with rivets, applicable for MP, MS3 and MM3 series, the fitting instructions in following SE
pages must be followed.
TL
-- The joints on the slide rails must have a distance of 100mm between them. The joints should be laid out as in the
picture with gap of approximately 10mm between the rails. IM
V20.0 387 MM
Maintenance Manual
-- Joints may not be positioned in bends, or in the transition between two sections of beams.
-- The slide rails should normally be approximately 5m long on a straight conveyor beam. In a bend, the maximum
length of slide rail should be 3m.
-- The joints should be positioned a minimum of 500mm before an idler end unit, drive unit or vertical bend. The
slide rail must overlap the recess in the idler end and drive unit.
-- The inner slide rail after a wheel bend must be cut so that the cut surface is parallel to the wheel. In front of the
wheel bend, the slide rail will normally be cut at 45°.
Note:
Check final slide rails visually, as well as running a section of conveyor chain through the installation.
Another method of installing slide rail is using screw, applicable for ML2 and MX2 series. Please see following
pages for fitting instructions.
Slide Rail Fixing Instructions

Fixing Slide Rail to the Conveyor Beam
The beginning of each slide rail section must be fixed to the beam, since the chain will cause the slide rail to be
pushed forward. Slide rail which moves into a wheel bend or a drive unit can block the chain completely.
There are two different methods for fixing slide rail to the conveyor beam:
-- Using rivets (MA RR 3), this is applicable for MP, MS3 and MM3 series only.
-- Using screws (MA RS 6.5), this is applicable for ML2 and MX2 series only.
Method 1 – Using Rivets, Applicable for MP, MS3 & MM3 Series Only
Step 1 Step 2
Drill through holes on slide Countersink on slide rail.
rail.
Step 3 Step 4
Insert rivets in the holes, Check that the rivets do not
using rivet crimping tools protrude over the surface of
(MA RC) slide rail. Check both top and
Wrong
Correct
Step 5
Complete fitting slde rail.
388 V20.0
Method 2 – Using Screws, Applicable for ML2 and MX2 Series Only TR
Method 1 - Using Screws, Applicable for ML2 & MX2 Series only
MP
Step 1 Step 2 Countersink on slide rail.
Drill through holes on slide MS3
rail.
MM3
MM3P
ML2
Step 3 Step 4 Check that the screw do not ML2P

Apply screws into the holes. protrude over the surface of
slide rail. Check both top and
underneath surface of slide MX2
Correct
Wrong MT2
MR2
MF2
Step 5
Complete fitting slde rail.
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
V20.0 389 MM
Notes AP
TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
MM
V20.0 i
Notes
ii V20.0
Notes AP
TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
MM
V20.0 iii
Notes
iv V20.0
Notes AP
TR
MP
MS3
MM3
MM3P
ML2
ML2P
MX2
MT2
MR2
MF2
MG
MB
MA
DS3
DM3
DL2
DX2
DT2
DR2
DF2
DG
DB
DA
SD
SE
TL
IM
MM
V20.0 v
Notes
vi V20.0
Our Offices:
All product brands are registered trade marks of the respective manufactures.
Speciﬁcation and design are subject to change without
prior notice due to continuous quality improvement.
The actual color of the product may differ slightly from
the picture due to print clarity.
Publication: MSC2020Jan
Agent & Distributor

Catalogue V20 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Catalogue V20 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalogue V20 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Version

APPLICATION PHOTOS (AP)  1 TR

TECHNICAL REFERENCE (TR)  13 MP

MODU MM3 CONVEYOR SERIES  73

MODU MM3 PALLET CONVEYOR SERIES  95 MM3P

MODU ML2 CONVEYOR SERIES  107 ML2

MODU ML2 PALLET CONVEYOR SERIES  123 ML2P

MODU MF2 CONVEYOR SERIES  175 MR2

MODU CONVEYOR GUIDE (MG)  189 MF2

MODU DL2 CONVEYOR SERIES  255 DS3

MODU DX2 CONVEYOR SERIES  267 DM3

MODU SS SUPPORT STRUCTURE (DB)  317 DR2

MODU ACCESSORIES (DA)  321 DF2

INSTALLATION MANUAL (IM)  347 DA

MAINTENANCE MANUAL (MM)  377 SD

© Copyright MODU System 2020

Conveyor Beam (BT) MT2..................................... 155 Connecting Plates MB............................................ 212 TR

Industry: Food & Packaging TR

Industry: Personal Product & Pharmaceutical

Shampoo Bottle Depucking System Vertical Gripper Conveyor

Personal Product Packing Line

Liquid Bottles on Pucks Intravenous Fluids Production Line

Industry: Electronic & Electrical TR

Hard Disk Substrate Production Line MB

Conveyor Lines for Automated Part Assembling DL2

Industry: Automotive & Machined Parts

Robotic Automotive Part Assembly

Conveyor System & Robotic Palletizing Bearing Assembly Line

Automotive Oil Filter Line Conveyor for Bearing Manufacturing

Industry: Paper Converting TR

High Speed (95m/min) Chocolate Packing Line DX2

Industry: Optical Lens

Friction Chain Decline up to 25° Tray Distribution

Lenses on Optical Tray Complete Distribution System

Application: Robotic Palletizing & Automation TR

Label Pasting with Scara Robot Robotic Palletizing DR2

Robotic Pick and Place for Electronic Industry TL

Robotic Pick and Place for Electronic Industry IM

Application: Gripper System

Friction Chain Decline up to 25°

Lowerator - Continuous Bottle Transfer

Stainless Steel Gripper for Tin Can Handling

Gripper Conveyor System Intergrated with Can Clean-

Application: Alpine & Spiral Conveyor TR

Alpine Conveyor for Puck Storage Spiral Conveyor DL2

Application: Box Handling

Box Distribution System Carton Box Sorting System (Bar Code)

Continuous Carton Elevator Pneumatic Traffic Controller for Merging

Stainless Steel Gripper for Tin Can Handling

Friction Incline Conveyor

Friction Decline Conveyor

Application: Stainless Steel Conveyor TR

Application: Accumulation Conveyor

Accumulation for Composite Can

Accumulation Conveyor for Plastic Bottling Line

Bi-directional Accumulation Table

Basic System Selection

-- Conveyor Functions Available

APPLICATION PHOTOS (AP) 1 TR

TECHNICAL REFERENCE (TR) 13 MP

MODU MM3 CONVEYOR SERIES 73

MODU MM3 PALLET CONVEYOR SERIES 95 MM3P

MODU ML2 CONVEYOR SERIES 107 ML2

MODU ML2 PALLET CONVEYOR SERIES 123 ML2P

MODU MF2 CONVEYOR SERIES 175 MR2

MODU CONVEYOR GUIDE (MG) 189 MF2

MODU DL2 CONVEYOR SERIES 255 DS3

MODU DX2 CONVEYOR SERIES 267 DM3

MODU SS SUPPORT STRUCTURE (DB) 317 DR2

MODU ACCESSORIES (DA) 321 DF2

INSTALLATION MANUAL (IM) 347 DA

MAINTENANCE MANUAL (MM) 377 SD